diff --git a/COPYING.txt b/COPYING.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc8a5de --- /dev/null +++ b/COPYING.txt @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. diff --git a/Doxyfile b/Doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4833fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,1541 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.5.8 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded +# by quotes) that should identify the project. + +PROJECT_NAME = MenuTimer + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = /Users/kdj/work/mac/MenuTimer/doc + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, +# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, +# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, +# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" +# "represents" "a" "an" "the" + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the +# path to strip. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = NO + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# re-implements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 8 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified +# scopes will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Fortran. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for +# VHDL. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it parses. +# With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension. +# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this tag. +# The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language is one of +# the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, C#, C, C++, D, PHP, +# Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make doxygen treat +# .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran), +# use: inc=Fortran f=C + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. +# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter +# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) +# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the +# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to +# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. +# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. +# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is +# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause +# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time +# causing a significant performance penality. +# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the +# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on +# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the +# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: +# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols + +SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in +# the interface are included in the documentation. +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = YES + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default +# anonymous namespace are hidden. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) +# the group names will appear in their defined order. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, +# not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the +# alphabetical list. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories +# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy +# in the documentation. The default is NO. + +SHOW_DIRECTORIES = NO + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the +# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command , where is the value of +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by +# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files +# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents +# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a +# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name +# of the layout file. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = NO + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of +# documentation. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = /Users/kdj/work/mac/MenuTimer + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for +# the list of possible encodings. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx +# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.c \ + *.cc \ + *.cxx \ + *.cpp \ + *.c++ \ + *.d \ + *.java \ + *.ii \ + *.ixx \ + *.ipp \ + *.i++ \ + *.inl \ + *.h \ + *.hh \ + *.hxx \ + *.hpp \ + *.h++ \ + *.idl \ + *.odl \ + *.cs \ + *.php \ + *.php3 \ + *.inc \ + *.m \ + *.mm \ + *.dox \ + *.py \ + *.f90 \ + *.f \ + *.vhd \ + *.vhdl + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. + +EXCLUDE = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded +# from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories +# for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command , where +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be +# ignored. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER +# is applied to all files. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = YES + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will +# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentation. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy +# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own +# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, +# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to +# NO a bullet list will be used. + +HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find +# it at startup. +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = YES + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) +# can be grouped. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "MenuTimer docs" + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen +# will append .docset to the name. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = net.capablehands.MenuTimer + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file +# content. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = NO + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER +# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for +# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated +# HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace + +QHP_NAMESPACE = + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to add. +# For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the custom filter to add.For more information please see +# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this project's +# filter section matches. +# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated +# .qhp file. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at +# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) +# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. +# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are +# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values +# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, +# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; +# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which +# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous +# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE +# respectively. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = ALL + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory +# to force them to be regenerated. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = NO + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator +# instead of the = operator. + +PREDEFINED = + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone +# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such +# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse +# the parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. +# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation +# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without +# this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or +# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool +# does not have to be run to correct the links. +# Note that each tag file must have a unique name +# (where the name does NOT include the path) +# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen +# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that +# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a +# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = YES + +# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output +# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This +# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need +# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name +# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, +# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the +# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory +# containing the font. + +DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. +# The default size is 10pt. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the +# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a +# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot +# can find it using this tag. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = YES + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies + +GROUP_GRAPHS = YES + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include +# relations between the files in the directories. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif +# If left blank png will be used. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. + +DOT_PATH = /usr/local/graphviz-2.14/bin/ + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Options related to the search engine +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be +# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/English.lproj/Credits.rtf b/English.lproj/Credits.rtf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6624b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/English.lproj/Credits.rtf @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ +{\rtf1\ansi\ansicpg1252\cocoartf949\cocoasubrtf460 +{\fonttbl\f0\fswiss\fcharset0 Helvetica;} +{\colortbl;\red255\green255\blue255;} +\vieww8260\viewh8700\viewkind0 +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural + +\f0\fs24 \cf0 Menubar Countdown was created by Kristopher\'a0Johnson.\ +\ +For information and updates, visit\ +<{\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://capablehands.net/menubarcountdown"}}{\fldrslt http://capablehands.net/menubarcountdown/}}>\ +\ +\pard\tx560\tx1120\tx1680\tx2240\tx2800\tx3360\tx3920\tx4480\tx5040\tx5600\tx6160\tx6720\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural +\cf0 This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\ +\ +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural +\cf0 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.\ +\ +\ +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\qc\pardirnatural + +\b \cf0 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\ + +\b0 \ +Version 3, 29 June 2007\ +\ +Copyright \'a9 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <{\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://fsf.org/"}}{\fldrslt http://fsf.org/}}>\ +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural +\cf0 \ +Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.\ +\ +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural + +\b \cf0 Preamble\ +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural + +\b0 \cf0 \ +The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works.\ +\ +The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too.\ +\ +When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things.\ +\ +To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.\ +\ +For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.\ +\ +Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.\ +\ +For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions.\ +\ +Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.\ +\ +Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.\ +\ +The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.\ +\ +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural + +\b \cf0 TERMS AND CONDITIONS\ +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural + +\b0 \cf0 \ +0. Definitions.\ +\ +\'93This License\'94 refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.\ +\ +\'93Copyright\'94 also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks.\ +\ +\'93The Program\'94 refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as \'93you\'94. \'93Licensees\'94 and \'93recipients\'94 may be individuals or organizations.\ +\ +To \'93modify\'94 a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a \'93modified version\'94 of the earlier work or a work \'93based on\'94 the earlier work.\ +\ +A \'93covered work\'94 means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program.\ +\ +To \'93propagate\'94 a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well.\ +\ +To \'93convey\'94 a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.\ +\ +An interactive user interface displays \'93Appropriate Legal Notices\'94 to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.\ +\ +1. Source Code.\ +\ +The \'93source code\'94 for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. \'93Object code\'94 means any non-source form of a work.\ +\ +A \'93Standard Interface\'94 means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language.\ +\ +The \'93System Libraries\'94 of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A \'93Major Component\'94, in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.\ +\ +The \'93Corresponding Source\'94 for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work.\ +\ +The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source.\ +\ +The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work.\ +\ +2. Basic Permissions.\ +\ +All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.\ +\ +You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.\ +\ +Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary.\ +3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.\ +\ +No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures.\ +\ +When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures.\ +4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.\ +\ +You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.\ +\ +You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.\ +\ +5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.\ +\ +You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:\ +\ + * a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant date.\ + * b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to \'93keep intact all notices\'94.\ + * c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.\ + * d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work need not make them do so.\ +\ +A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an \'93aggregate\'94 if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate.\ +\ +6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.\ +\ +You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways:\ +\ + * a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange.\ + * b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.\ + * c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection 6b.\ + * d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.\ + * e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d.\ +\ +A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work.\ +\ +A \'93User Product\'94 is either (1) a \'93consumer product\'94, which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, \'93normally used\'94 refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product.\ +\ +\'93Installation Information\'94 for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made.\ +\ +If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM).\ +\ +The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network.\ +\ +Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying.\ +\ +7. Additional Terms.\ +\ +\'93Additional permissions\'94 are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions.\ +\ +When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.\ +\ +Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:\ +\ + * a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or\ + * b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or\ + * c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or\ + * d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or\ + * e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or\ + * f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors.\ +\ +All other non-permissive additional terms are considered \'93further restrictions\'94 within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying.\ +\ +If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms.\ +\ +Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way.\ +\ +8. Termination.\ +\ +You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11).\ +\ +However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.\ +\ +Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.\ +\ +Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10.\ +\ +9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.\ +\ +You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.\ +\ +10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.\ +\ +Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.\ +\ +An \'93entity transaction\'94 is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.\ +\ +You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.\ +\ +11. Patents.\ +\ +A \'93contributor\'94 is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's \'93contributor version\'94.\ +\ +A contributor's \'93essential patent claims\'94 are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, \'93control\'94 includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License.\ +\ +Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version.\ +\ +In the following three paragraphs, a \'93patent license\'94 is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To \'93grant\'94 such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party.\ +\ +If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. \'93Knowingly relying\'94 means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid.\ +\ +If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it.\ +\ +A patent license is \'93discriminatory\'94 if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.\ +\ +Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.\ +\ +12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.\ +\ +If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.\ +\ +13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.\ +\ +Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such.\ +\ +14. Revised Versions of this License.\ +\ +The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.\ +\ +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License \'93or any later version\'94 applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.\ +\ +If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program.\ +\ +Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version.\ +\ +15. Disclaimer of Warranty.\ +\ +THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \'93AS IS\'94 WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.\ +\ +16. Limitation of Liability.\ +\ +IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.\ +\ +17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.\ +\ +If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee.\ +\ +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural + +\b \cf0 END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS\ +\pard\tx720\tx1440\tx2160\tx2880\tx3600\tx4320\tx5040\tx5760\tx6480\tx7200\tx7920\tx8640\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural + +\b0 \cf0 \ +How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs\ +\ +If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.\ +\ +To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the \'93copyright\'94 line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.\ +\ + \ + Copyright (C) \ +\ + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify\ + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\ + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or\ + (at your option) any later version.\ +\ + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\ + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\ + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\ + GNU General Public License for more details.\ +\ + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\ + along with this program. If not, see <{\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://www.gnu.org/licenses/"}}{\fldrslt http://www.gnu.org/licenses/}}>.\ +\ +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.\ +\ +If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:\ +\ + Copyright (C) \ + This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.\ + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it\ + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.\ +\ +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an \'93about box\'94.\ +\ +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a \'93copyright disclaimer\'94 for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see <{\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://www.gnu.org/licenses/"}}{\fldrslt http://www.gnu.org/licenses/}}>.\ +\ +The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read <{\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html"}}{\fldrslt http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html}}>.\ +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings b/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e45963 Binary files /dev/null and b/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings differ diff --git a/English.lproj/MainMenu.xib b/English.lproj/MainMenu.xib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..33c6c9f --- /dev/null +++ b/English.lproj/MainMenu.xib @@ -0,0 +1,540 @@ + + + + 1050 + 9J61 + 677 + 949.46 + 353.00 + + YES + + + + YES + com.apple.InterfaceBuilderKit + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + YES + + NSApplication + + + FirstResponder + + + NSApplication + + + NSFontManager + + + 00:00:00 + + YES + + + U3RhcnTigKY + + 2147483647 + + NSImage + NSMenuCheckmark + + + NSImage + NSMenuMixedState + + + + + YES + Resume + + 2147483647 + + + + + + Stop + + 2147483647 + + + + + + YES + YES + + + 2147483647 + + + + + + About Menubar Countdown + + 2147483647 + + + + + + YES + YES + + + 2147483647 + + + + + + Quit Menubar Countdown + + 2147483647 + + + + + + + MenuTimerAppDelegate + + + Stopwatch + + + GrowlHandler + + + + + YES + + + terminate: + + + + 455 + + + + delegate + + + + 459 + + + + stopTimer: + + + + 460 + + + + startTimer: + + + + 463 + + + + menu + + + + 466 + + + + stopwatch + + + + 469 + + + + enabled: canResume + + + + + + enabled: canResume + enabled + canResume + 2 + + + 474 + + + + enabled: timerIsRunning + + + + + + enabled: timerIsRunning + enabled + timerIsRunning + 2 + + + 476 + + + + resumeTimer: + + + + 477 + + + + showAboutPanel: + + + + 478 + + + + growl + + + + 484 + + + + + YES + + 0 + + YES + + + + + + -2 + + + RmlsZSdzIE93bmVyA + + + -1 + + + First Responder + + + -3 + + + Application + + + 420 + + + + + 450 + + + YES + + + + + + + + + + + + 451 + + + + + 452 + + + + + 458 + + + + + 464 + + + + + 465 + + + + + 468 + + + + + 470 + + + + + 471 + + + + + 453 + + + + + 483 + + + + + + + YES + + YES + -1.IBPluginDependency + -2.IBPluginDependency + -3.IBPluginDependency + 420.IBPluginDependency + 450.IBEditorWindowLastContentRect + 450.IBPluginDependency + 451.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 451.IBPluginDependency + 452.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 452.IBPluginDependency + 453.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 453.IBPluginDependency + 458.IBPluginDependency + 464.IBPluginDependency + 465.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 465.IBPluginDependency + 468.IBPluginDependency + 470.IBPluginDependency + 471.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 471.IBPluginDependency + 483.IBPluginDependency + + + YES + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilderKit + com.apple.InterfaceBuilderKit + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + {{0, 722}, {243, 123}} + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Start a countdown + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Stop the countdown + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Terminate the Menubar Countdown application + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Resume a stopped countdown + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Display version, copyright, and licensing information + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + 484 + + + + YES + + GrowlHandler + NSObject + + IBProjectSource + GrowlHandler.h + + + + MenuTimerAppDelegate + NSObject + + YES + + YES + dismissTimerExpiredAlert: + restartCountdownWasClicked: + resumeTimer: + showAboutPanel: + startTimer: + startTimerDialogStartButtonWasClicked: + stopTimer: + + + YES + id + id + id + id + id + id + id + + + + YES + + YES + growl + menu + startTimerDialogController + stopwatch + timerExpiredAlertController + + + YES + GrowlHandler + NSMenu + StartTimerDialogController + Stopwatch + TimerExpiredAlertController + + + + IBProjectSource + MenuTimerAppDelegate.h + + + + StartTimerDialogController + NSWindowController + + dismissDialog: + id + + + startTimerDialog + NSWindow + + + IBProjectSource + StartTimerDialogController.h + + + + Stopwatch + NSObject + + IBProjectSource + Stopwatch.h + + + + TimerExpiredAlertController + NSWindowController + + IBProjectSource + TimerExpiredAlertController.h + + + + + 0 + ../MenuTimer.xcodeproj + 3 + + diff --git a/English.lproj/StartTimerDialog.xib b/English.lproj/StartTimerDialog.xib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfbac11 --- /dev/null +++ b/English.lproj/StartTimerDialog.xib @@ -0,0 +1,1866 @@ + + + + 1050 + 9J61 + 677 + 949.46 + 353.00 + + YES + + + + YES + com.apple.InterfaceBuilderKit + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + YES + + MenuTimerAppDelegate + + + FirstResponder + + + NSApplication + + + 1 + 2 + {{541, 362}, {333, 403}} + 1610613760 + Menubar Countdown Settings + NSWindow + + {3.40282e+38, 3.40282e+38} + + + 256 + + YES + + + 268 + {{17, 356}, {89, 17}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 272630784 + Countdown: + + LucidaGrande + 1.300000e+01 + 1044 + + + + 6 + System + controlColor + + 3 + MC42NjY2NjY2OQA + + + + 6 + System + controlTextColor + + 3 + MAA + + + + + + + 12 + + YES + + + 256 + + YES + + + 268 + {{28, 33}, {25, 22}} + + YES + + -1804468671 + 71304192 + 00 + + + YES + + 6 + System + textBackgroundColor + + 3 + MQA + + + + 6 + System + textColor + + + + + + + 268 + {{53, 30}, {19, 27}} + + YES + + 917024 + 0 + + 9.900000e+01 + 1.000000e+00 + YES + YES + + + + + 268 + {{88, 33}, {25, 22}} + + YES + + -1804468671 + 71304192 + 00 + + + YES + + + + + + + 268 + {{113, 30}, {19, 27}} + + YES + + 917024 + 0 + + 5.900000e+01 + 1.000000e+00 + YES + YES + + + + + 268 + {{148, 33}, {25, 22}} + + YES + + -1804468671 + 71304192 + 00 + + + YES + + + + + + + 268 + {{172, 30}, {19, 27}} + + YES + + 917024 + 0 + + 5.900000e+01 + 1.000000e+00 + YES + YES + + + + + 268 + {{75, 38}, {9, 17}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 272630784 + : + + + + + + + + + 268 + {{135, 38}, {9, 17}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 272630784 + : + + + + + + + + + 268 + {{15, 14}, {50, 13}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 138413056 + Hours + + LucidaGrande + 1.000000e+01 + 16 + + + + + + + + + 268 + {{75, 14}, {50, 13}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 138413056 + Minutes + + + + + + + + + 268 + {{135, 14}, {50, 13}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 138413056 + Seconds + + + + + + + + {{1, 1}, {206, 65}} + + + + {{108, 318}, {208, 67}} + + {0, 0} + + 67239424 + 0 + + + LucidaGrande + 1.100000e+01 + 3100 + + + + 3 + MCAwLjgwMDAwMDAxAA + + + + 1 + 0 + 0 + NO + + + + 268 + {{17, 286}, {299, 17}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 272630784 + When countdown timer reaches 00:00:00: + + + + + + + + + 268 + {{81, 262}, {171, 18}} + + YES + + -2080244224 + 0 + Play system alert sound + + + 1211912703 + 130 + + NSImage + NSSwitch + + + NSSwitch + + + + 200 + 25 + + + + + 268 + {{81, 242}, {171, 18}} + + YES + + -2080244224 + 0 + Show alert window + + + 1211912703 + 130 + + + + + 200 + 25 + + + + + 268 + {{81, 222}, {171, 18}} + + YES + + -2080244224 + 0 + Speak announcement + + + 1211912703 + 130 + + + + + 200 + 25 + + + + + 268 + {{20, 115}, {293, 65}} + + YES + + -1805517311 + 272629760 + The Menubar Countdown timer has reached zero. + + + YES + + + + + + + 268 + {{18, 58}, {297, 18}} + + YES + + -2080244224 + 0 + Show this window when application starts + + + 1211912703 + 130 + + + + + 200 + 25 + + + + + 289 + {{127, 12}, {96, 32}} + + YES + + 67239424 + 134217728 + Cancel + + + -2038284033 + 129 + + Gw + 200 + 25 + + + + + 289 + {{223, 12}, {96, 32}} + + YES + + 67239424 + 134217728 + Start + + + -2038284033 + 129 + + DQ + 200 + 25 + + + + + 268 + {{18, 78}, {297, 18}} + + YES + + -2080244224 + 0 + Show seconds in menu bar + + + 1211912703 + 130 + + + + + 200 + 25 + + + + + 268 + {{17, 188}, {136, 17}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 272630784 + Announcement Text: + + + + + + + + {333, 403} + + + {{0, 0}, {1440, 878}} + {3.40282e+38, 3.40282e+38} + + + StartTimerDialogController + + + + YES + + YES + allowsFloats + formatterBehavior + maximum + maximumIntegerDigits + minimum + minimumIntegerDigits + negativeFormat + numberStyle + positiveFormat + roundingIncrement + + + YES + + + + + + + 00 + + 00 + + + + 00 + 00 + + + + + + + + + + NaN + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + + + + 3 + YES + YES + YES + + . + , + NO + YES + NO + + + + YES + + YES + allowsFloats + formatterBehavior + maximum + maximumIntegerDigits + minimum + negativeFormat + positiveFormat + roundingIncrement + + + YES + + + + + + 00 + 00 + + + + 00 + 00 + + + + + + + + + + NaN + + + + + + 3 + YES + YES + YES + + . + , + NO + YES + NO + + + YES + + + + + YES + + + startTimerDialogStartButtonWasClicked: + + + + 19 + + + + window + + + + 48 + + + + formatter + + + + 51 + + + + formatter + + + + 52 + + + + startTimerDialogController + + + + 61 + + + + formatter + + + + 63 + + + + formatter + + + + 64 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 65 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 66 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 68 + + + + initialFirstResponder + + + + 70 + + + + formatter + + + + 72 + + + + formatter + + + + 73 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 85 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 86 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 99 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 100 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 101 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 102 + + + + value: values.PlayAlertSoundOnExpiration + + + + + + value: values.PlayAlertSoundOnExpiration + value + values.PlayAlertSoundOnExpiration + 2 + + + 106 + + + + value: values.ShowAlertWindowOnExpiration + + + + + + value: values.ShowAlertWindowOnExpiration + value + values.ShowAlertWindowOnExpiration + 2 + + + 110 + + + + value: values.AnnouncementText + + + + + + value: values.AnnouncementText + value + values.AnnouncementText + 2 + + + 112 + + + + value: values.AnnounceExpiration + + + + + + value: values.AnnounceExpiration + value + values.AnnounceExpiration + 2 + + + 113 + + + + value: values.TimerMinutes + + + + + + value: values.TimerMinutes + value + values.TimerMinutes + 2 + + + 119 + + + + value: values.TimerHours + + + + + + value: values.TimerHours + value + values.TimerHours + 2 + + + 120 + + + + value: values.TimerSeconds + + + + + + value: values.TimerSeconds + value + values.TimerSeconds + 2 + + + 123 + + + + value: values.TimerHours + + + + + + value: values.TimerHours + value + values.TimerHours + 2 + + + 126 + + + + value: values.TimerMinutes + + + + + + value: values.TimerMinutes + value + values.TimerMinutes + 2 + + + 129 + + + + value: values.TimerSeconds + + + + + + value: values.TimerSeconds + value + values.TimerSeconds + 2 + + + 133 + + + + startTimerDialog + + + + 134 + + + + dismissDialog: + + + + 135 + + + + value: values.ShowAlertWindowOnExpiration + + + + + + value: values.ShowAlertWindowOnExpiration + value + values.ShowAlertWindowOnExpiration + 2 + + + 136 + + + + value: values.ShowStartDialogOnLaunch + + + + + + value: values.ShowStartDialogOnLaunch + value + values.ShowStartDialogOnLaunch + 2 + + + 140 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 142 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 145 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 146 + + + + value: values.ShowSeconds + + + + + + value: values.ShowSeconds + value + values.ShowSeconds + 2 + + + 148 + + + + + YES + + 0 + + YES + + + + + + -2 + + + RmlsZSdzIE93bmVyA + + + -1 + + + First Responder + + + -3 + + + Application + + + 1 + + + YES + + + + + + 2 + + + YES + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + + + YES + + + + StartButton + + + 12 + + + + + 13 + + + YES + + + + CancelButton + + + 14 + + + + + 20 + + + YES + + + + + + 21 + + + + + 47 + + + + + 49 + + + MinutesAndSecondsNumberFormatter + + + 54 + + + + + 71 + + + HoursNumberFormatter + + + 83 + + + YES + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CountdownGroup + + + 22 + + + YES + + + + Hours + + + 23 + + + + + 24 + + + YES + + + + HoursStepper + + + 25 + + + + + 28 + + + YES + + + + Minutes + + + 29 + + + + + 30 + + + YES + + + + MinutesStepper + + + 31 + + + + + 32 + + + YES + + + + Seconds + + + 33 + + + + + 36 + + + YES + + + + SecondsStepper + + + 37 + + + + + 26 + + + YES + + + + + + 27 + + + + + 34 + + + YES + + + + + + 35 + + + + + 38 + + + YES + + + + + + 39 + + + + + 40 + + + YES + + + + + + 41 + + + + + 42 + + + YES + + + + + + 43 + + + + + 87 + + + YES + + + + + + 88 + + + + + 89 + + + YES + + + + PlayAlertSoundOnExpiration + + + 90 + + + + + 91 + + + YES + + + + ShowAlertWindowOnExpiration + + + 92 + + + + + 93 + + + YES + + + + AnnounceExpiration + + + 94 + + + + + 97 + + + YES + + + + AnnouncementText + + + 98 + + + + + 137 + + + YES + + + + ShowStartDialogOnLaunch + + + 138 + + + + + 143 + + + YES + + + + + + 144 + + + + + 149 + + + YES + + + + + + 150 + + + + + + + YES + + YES + -1.IBPluginDependency + -2.IBPluginDependency + -3.IBPluginDependency + 1.IBEditorWindowLastContentRect + 1.IBPluginDependency + 1.IBViewEditorWindowController.showingLayoutRectangles + 1.IBWindowTemplateEditedContentRect + 1.NSWindowTemplate.visibleAtLaunch + 1.WindowOrigin + 1.editorWindowContentRectSynchronizationRect + 11.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 11.IBPluginDependency + 12.IBPluginDependency + 13.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 13.IBPluginDependency + 137.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 137.IBPluginDependency + 138.IBPluginDependency + 14.IBPluginDependency + 143.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 143.IBPluginDependency + 144.IBPluginDependency + 149.IBPluginDependency + 150.IBPluginDependency + 2.IBPluginDependency + 2.IBUserGuides + 20.IBPluginDependency + 21.IBPluginDependency + 22.CustomClassName + 22.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 22.IBPluginDependency + 23.IBPluginDependency + 24.IBPluginDependency + 25.IBPluginDependency + 26.IBPluginDependency + 27.IBPluginDependency + 28.CustomClassName + 28.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 28.IBPluginDependency + 29.IBPluginDependency + 30.IBPluginDependency + 31.IBPluginDependency + 32.CustomClassName + 32.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 32.IBPluginDependency + 33.IBPluginDependency + 34.IBPluginDependency + 35.IBPluginDependency + 36.IBPluginDependency + 37.IBPluginDependency + 38.IBPluginDependency + 39.IBPluginDependency + 40.IBPluginDependency + 41.IBPluginDependency + 42.IBPluginDependency + 43.IBPluginDependency + 47.IBPluginDependency + 49.IBPluginDependency + 71.IBPluginDependency + 83.IBPluginDependency + 87.IBPluginDependency + 88.IBPluginDependency + 89.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 89.IBPluginDependency + 90.IBPluginDependency + 91.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 91.IBPluginDependency + 92.IBPluginDependency + 93.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 93.IBPluginDependency + 94.IBPluginDependency + 97.CustomClassName + 97.IBAttributePlaceholdersKey + 97.IBPluginDependency + 98.IBPluginDependency + + + YES + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilderKit + com.apple.InterfaceBuilderKit + {{247, 437}, {333, 403}} + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + {{247, 437}, {333, 403}} + + {196, 240} + {{202, 428}, {480, 270}} + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Start the countdown + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Close this window + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + If checked, this window will be shown whenever Menubar Countdown is launched + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + If checked, seconds will be included in the menu bar display. If unchecked, only hours and minutes are displayed. + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + YES + + + 3.575000e+02 + 1 + + + + 3.575000e+02 + 1 + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + TextField + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Number of hours + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + TextField + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Number of minutes + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + TextField + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + Number of seconds + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + If checked, the alert sound specified in the System Preferences will be played when the countdown timer reaches zero. + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + If checked, an alert window will be displayed when the countdown timer reaches zero. + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + If checked, the announcement text will be spoken when the countdown timer reaches zero. + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + TextField + + ToolTip + + ToolTip + + VGhpcyB0ZXh0IHdpbGwgYmUgc3Bva2VuIGlmICJTcGVhayBhbm5vdW5jZW1lbnQiIGlzIGNoZWNrZWQs +IGFuZCB3aWxsIGJlIGluY2x1ZGVkIGluIEdyb3dsIG5vdGlmaWNhdGlvbnMuA + + + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + 154 + + + + YES + + GrowlHandler + NSObject + + IBProjectSource + GrowlHandler.h + + + + MenuTimerAppDelegate + NSObject + + YES + + YES + dismissTimerExpiredAlert: + restartCountdownWasClicked: + resumeTimer: + showAboutPanel: + startTimer: + startTimerDialogStartButtonWasClicked: + stopTimer: + + + YES + id + id + id + id + id + id + id + + + + YES + + YES + growl + menu + startTimerDialogController + stopwatch + timerExpiredAlertController + + + YES + GrowlHandler + NSMenu + StartTimerDialogController + Stopwatch + TimerExpiredAlertController + + + + IBProjectSource + MenuTimerAppDelegate.h + + + + StartTimerDialogController + NSWindowController + + dismissDialog: + id + + + startTimerDialog + NSWindow + + + IBProjectSource + StartTimerDialogController.h + + + + Stopwatch + NSObject + + IBProjectSource + Stopwatch.h + + + + TextField + NSTextField + + IBProjectSource + TextField.h + + + + TimerExpiredAlertController + NSWindowController + + IBProjectSource + TimerExpiredAlertController.h + + + + + 0 + ../MenuTimer.xcodeproj + 3 + + diff --git a/English.lproj/TimerExpiredAlert.xib b/English.lproj/TimerExpiredAlert.xib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49b1638 --- /dev/null +++ b/English.lproj/TimerExpiredAlert.xib @@ -0,0 +1,557 @@ + + + + 1050 + 9J61 + 677 + 949.46 + 353.00 + + YES + + + + YES + com.apple.InterfaceBuilderKit + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + YES + + MenuTimerAppDelegate + + + FirstResponder + + + NSApplication + + + TimerExpiredAlertController + + + 1 + 2 + {{294, 667}, {420, 131}} + 1610613760 + + NSWindow + + {3.40282e+38, 3.40282e+38} + + + 256 + + YES + + + 268 + + YES + + YES + Apple PDF pasteboard type + Apple PICT pasteboard type + Apple PNG pasteboard type + NSFilenamesPboardType + NeXT Encapsulated PostScript v1.2 pasteboard type + NeXT TIFF v4.0 pasteboard type + + + {{20, 52}, {64, 64}} + + YES + + 130560 + 33554432 + + NSImage + MenuTimerIcon + + 0 + 0 + 0 + NO + + YES + + + + 268 + {{104, 100}, {299, 17}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 272630784 + Menubar Countdown Complete + + LucidaGrande-Bold + 1.300000e+01 + 16 + + + + 6 + System + controlColor + + 3 + MC42NjY2NjY2OQA + + + + 6 + System + controlTextColor + + 3 + MAA + + + + + + + 268 + {{104, 73}, {299, 17}} + + YES + + 68288064 + 272630784 + The countdown timer has reached 00:00:00. + + LucidaGrande + 1.100000e+01 + 16 + + + + + + + + + 268 + {{314, 12}, {92, 32}} + + YES + + 67239424 + 134217728 + OK + + LucidaGrande + 1.300000e+01 + 1044 + + + -2038284033 + 129 + + DQ + 200 + 25 + + + + + 268 + {{128, 12}, {186, 32}} + + YES + + 67239424 + 134217728 + Restart Countdown... + + + -2038284033 + 268435585 + + r + 200 + 25 + + + + {420, 131} + + + {{0, 0}, {1440, 878}} + {3.40282e+38, 3.40282e+38} + + + + + YES + + + initialFirstResponder + + + + 14 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 15 + + + + nextKeyView + + + + 16 + + + + window + + + + 18 + + + + restartCountdownWasClicked: + + + + 19 + + + + dismissTimerExpiredAlert: + + + + 20 + + + + timerExpiredAlertController + + + + 21 + + + + + YES + + 0 + + YES + + + + + + -2 + + + RmlsZSdzIE93bmVyA + + + -1 + + + First Responder + + + -3 + + + Application + + + 1 + + + YES + + + + + + 2 + + + YES + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + YES + + + + + + 5 + + + + + 6 + + + YES + + + + + + 7 + + + + + 8 + + + YES + + + + + + 9 + + + + + 10 + + + YES + + + + OKButton + + + 11 + + + + + 12 + + + YES + + + + RestartButton + + + 13 + + + + + 17 + + + + + + + YES + + YES + -1.IBPluginDependency + -2.IBPluginDependency + -3.IBPluginDependency + 1.IBEditorWindowLastContentRect + 1.IBPluginDependency + 1.IBWindowTemplateEditedContentRect + 1.NSWindowTemplate.visibleAtLaunch + 1.WindowOrigin + 1.editorWindowContentRectSynchronizationRect + 10.IBPluginDependency + 11.IBPluginDependency + 12.IBPluginDependency + 13.IBPluginDependency + 17.IBPluginDependency + 2.IBPluginDependency + 4.IBPluginDependency + 5.IBPluginDependency + 6.IBPluginDependency + 7.IBPluginDependency + 8.IBPluginDependency + 9.IBPluginDependency + + + YES + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilderKit + com.apple.InterfaceBuilderKit + {{294, 667}, {420, 131}} + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + {{294, 667}, {420, 131}} + + {196, 240} + {{202, 428}, {480, 270}} + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + com.apple.InterfaceBuilder.CocoaPlugin + + + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + + YES + + YES + + + YES + + + + 21 + + + + YES + + GrowlHandler + NSObject + + IBProjectSource + GrowlHandler.h + + + + MenuTimerAppDelegate + NSObject + + YES + + YES + dismissTimerExpiredAlert: + restartCountdownWasClicked: + resumeTimer: + showAboutPanel: + startTimer: + startTimerDialogStartButtonWasClicked: + stopTimer: + + + YES + id + id + id + id + id + id + id + + + + YES + + YES + growl + menu + startTimerDialogController + stopwatch + timerExpiredAlertController + + + YES + GrowlHandler + NSMenu + StartTimerDialogController + Stopwatch + TimerExpiredAlertController + + + + IBProjectSource + MenuTimerAppDelegate.h + + + + StartTimerDialogController + NSWindowController + + dismissDialog: + id + + + startTimerDialog + NSWindow + + + IBProjectSource + StartTimerDialogController.h + + + + Stopwatch + NSObject + + IBProjectSource + Stopwatch.h + + + + TimerExpiredAlertController + NSWindowController + + IBProjectSource + TimerExpiredAlertController.h + + + + + 0 + ../MenuTimer.xcodeproj + 3 + + diff --git a/English.lproj/UserDefaults.plist b/English.lproj/UserDefaults.plist new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38c59fa --- /dev/null +++ b/English.lproj/UserDefaults.plist @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + + + TimerHours + 0 + TimerMinutes + 25 + TimerSeconds + 0 + PlayAlertSoundOnExpiration + + AnnounceExpiration + + AnnouncementText + The Menubar Countdown timer has reached zero. + ShowAlertWindowOnExpiration + + ShowStartDialogOnLaunch + + ShowSeconds + + + diff --git a/Growl.framework/Growl b/Growl.framework/Growl new file mode 120000 index 0000000..85956e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Growl.framework/Growl @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +Versions/Current/Growl \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Growl.framework/Headers b/Growl.framework/Headers new file mode 120000 index 0000000..a177d2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Growl.framework/Headers @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +Versions/Current/Headers \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Growl.framework/Resources b/Growl.framework/Resources new file mode 120000 index 0000000..953ee36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Growl.framework/Resources @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +Versions/Current/Resources \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Growl b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Growl new file mode 100755 index 0000000..cfe458f Binary files /dev/null and b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Growl differ diff --git a/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/Growl.h b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/Growl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2a4425 --- /dev/null +++ b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/Growl.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#include "GrowlDefines.h" + +#ifdef __OBJC__ +# include "GrowlApplicationBridge.h" +#endif +#include "GrowlApplicationBridge-Carbon.h" diff --git a/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/GrowlApplicationBridge-Carbon.h b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/GrowlApplicationBridge-Carbon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e35663f --- /dev/null +++ b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/GrowlApplicationBridge-Carbon.h @@ -0,0 +1,780 @@ +// +// GrowlApplicationBridge-Carbon.h +// Growl +// +// Created by Mac-arena the Bored Zo on Wed Jun 18 2004. +// Based on GrowlApplicationBridge.h by Evan Schoenberg. +// This source code is in the public domain. You may freely link it into any +// program. +// + +#ifndef _GROWLAPPLICATIONBRIDGE_CARBON_H_ +#define _GROWLAPPLICATIONBRIDGE_CARBON_H_ + +#include +#include + +#ifndef GROWL_EXPORT +#define GROWL_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#endif + +/*! @header GrowlApplicationBridge-Carbon.h + * @abstract Declares an API that Carbon applications can use to interact with Growl. + * @discussion GrowlApplicationBridge uses a delegate to provide information //XXX + * to Growl (such as your application's name and what notifications it may + * post) and to provide information to your application (such as that Growl + * is listening for notifications or that a notification has been clicked). + * + * You can set the Growldelegate with Growl_SetDelegate and find out the + * current delegate with Growl_GetDelegate. See struct Growl_Delegate for more + * information about the delegate. + */ + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +/*! @struct Growl_Delegate + * @abstract Delegate to supply GrowlApplicationBridge with information and respond to events. + * @discussion The Growl delegate provides your interface to + * GrowlApplicationBridge. When GrowlApplicationBridge needs information about + * your application, it looks for it in the delegate; when Growl or the user + * does something that you might be interested in, GrowlApplicationBridge + * looks for a callback in the delegate and calls it if present + * (meaning, if it is not NULL). + * XXX on all of that + * @field size The size of the delegate structure. + * @field applicationName The name of your application. + * @field registrationDictionary A dictionary describing your application and the notifications it can send out. + * @field applicationIconData Your application's icon. + * @field growlInstallationWindowTitle The title of the installation window. + * @field growlInstallationInformation Text to display in the installation window. + * @field growlUpdateWindowTitle The title of the update window. + * @field growlUpdateInformation Text to display in the update window. + * @field referenceCount A count of owners of the delegate. + * @field retain Called when GrowlApplicationBridge receives this delegate. + * @field release Called when GrowlApplicationBridge no longer needs this delegate. + * @field growlIsReady Called when GrowlHelperApp is listening for notifications. + * @field growlNotificationWasClicked Called when a Growl notification is clicked. + * @field growlNotificationTimedOut Called when a Growl notification timed out. + */ +struct Growl_Delegate { + /* @discussion This should be sizeof(struct Growl_Delegate). + */ + size_t size; + + /*All of these attributes are optional. + *Optional attributes can be NULL; required attributes that + * are NULL cause setting the Growl delegate to fail. + *XXX - move optional/required status into the discussion for each field + */ + + /* This name is used both internally and in the Growl preferences. + * + * This should remain stable between different versions and incarnations of + * your application. + * For example, "SurfWriter" is a good app name, whereas "SurfWriter 2.0" and + * "SurfWriter Lite" are not. + * + * This can be NULL if it is provided elsewhere, namely in an + * auto-discoverable plist file in your app bundle + * (XXX refer to more information on that) or in registrationDictionary. + */ + CFStringRef applicationName; + + /* + * Must contain at least these keys: + * GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL (CFArray): + * Contains the names of all notifications your application may post. + * + * Can also contain these keys: + * GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT (CFArray): + * Names of notifications that should be enabled by default. + * If omitted, GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL will be used. + * GROWL_APP_NAME (CFString): + * Same as the applicationName member of this structure. + * If both are present, the applicationName member shall prevail. + * If this key is present, you may omit applicationName (set it to NULL). + * GROWL_APP_ICON (CFData): + * Same as the iconData member of this structure. + * If both are present, the iconData member shall prevail. + * If this key is present, you may omit iconData (set it to NULL). + * + * If you change the contents of this dictionary after setting the delegate, + * be sure to call Growl_Reregister. + * + * This can be NULL if you have an auto-discoverable plist file in your app + * bundle. (XXX refer to more information on that) + */ + CFDictionaryRef registrationDictionary; + + /* The data can be in any format supported by NSImage. As of + * Mac OS X 10.3, this includes the .icns, TIFF, JPEG, GIF, PNG, PDF, and + * PICT formats. + * + * If this is not supplied, Growl will look up your application's icon by + * its application name. + */ + CFDataRef applicationIconData; + + /* Installer display attributes + * + * These four attributes are used by the Growl installer, if this framework + * supports it. + * For any of these being NULL, a localised default will be + * supplied. + */ + + /* If this is NULL, Growl will use a default, + * localized title. + * + * Only used if you're using Growl-WithInstaller.framework. Otherwise, + * this member is ignored. + */ + CFStringRef growlInstallationWindowTitle; + /* This information may be as long or short as desired (the + * window will be sized to fit it). If Growl is not installed, it will + * be displayed to the user as an explanation of what Growl is and what + * it can do in your application. + * It should probably note that no download is required to install. + * + * If this is NULL, Growl will use a default, localized + * explanation. + * + * Only used if you're using Growl-WithInstaller.framework. Otherwise, + * this member is ignored. + */ + CFStringRef growlInstallationInformation; + /* If this is NULL, Growl will use a default, + * localized title. + * + * Only used if you're using Growl-WithInstaller.framework. Otherwise, + * this member is ignored. + */ + CFStringRef growlUpdateWindowTitle; + /* This information may be as long or short as desired (the + * window will be sized to fit it). If an older version of Growl is + * installed, it will be displayed to the user as an explanation that an + * updated version of Growl is included in your application and + * no download is required. + * + * If this is NULL, Growl will use a default, localized + * explanation. + * + * Only used if you're using Growl-WithInstaller.framework. Otherwise, + * this member is ignored. + */ + CFStringRef growlUpdateInformation; + + /* This member is provided for use by your retain and release + * callbacks (see below). + * + * GrowlApplicationBridge never directly uses this member. Instead, it + * calls your retain callback (if non-NULL) and your release + * callback (if non-NULL). + */ + unsigned referenceCount; + + //Functions. Currently all of these are optional (any of them can be NULL). + + /* When you call Growl_SetDelegate(newDelegate), it will call + * oldDelegate->release(oldDelegate), and then it will call + * newDelegate->retain(newDelegate), and the return value from retain + * is what will be set as the delegate. + * (This means that this member works like CFRetain and -[NSObject retain].) + * This member is optional (it can be NULL). + * For a delegate allocated with malloc, this member would be + * NULL. + * @result A delegate to which GrowlApplicationBridge holds a reference. + */ + void *(*retain)(void *); + /* When you call Growl_SetDelegate(newDelegate), it will call + * oldDelegate->release(oldDelegate), and then it will call + * newDelegate->retain(newDelegate), and the return value from retain + * is what will be set as the delegate. + * (This means that this member works like CFRelease and + * -[NSObject release].) + * This member is optional (it can be NULL). + * For a delegate allocated with malloc, this member might be + * free(3). + */ + void (*release)(void *); + + /* Informs the delegate that Growl (specifically, the GrowlHelperApp) was + * launched successfully (or was already running). The application can + * take actions with the knowledge that Growl is installed and functional. + */ + void (*growlIsReady)(void); + + /* Informs the delegate that a Growl notification was clicked. It is only + * sent for notifications sent with a non-NULL clickContext, + * so if you want to receive a message when a notification is clicked, + * clickContext must not be NULL when calling + * Growl_PostNotification or + * Growl_NotifyWithTitleDescriptionNameIconPriorityStickyClickContext. + */ + void (*growlNotificationWasClicked)(CFPropertyListRef clickContext); + + /* Informs the delegate that a Growl notification timed out. It is only + * sent for notifications sent with a non-NULL clickContext, + * so if you want to receive a message when a notification is clicked, + * clickContext must not be NULL when calling + * Growl_PostNotification or + * Growl_NotifyWithTitleDescriptionNameIconPriorityStickyClickContext. + */ + void (*growlNotificationTimedOut)(CFPropertyListRef clickContext); +}; + +/*! @struct Growl_Notification + * @abstract Structure describing a Growl notification. + * @discussion XXX + * @field size The size of the notification structure. + * @field name Identifies the notification. + * @field title Short synopsis of the notification. + * @field description Additional text. + * @field iconData An icon for the notification. + * @field priority An indicator of the notification's importance. + * @field reserved Bits reserved for future usage. + * @field isSticky Requests that a notification stay on-screen until dismissed explicitly. + * @field clickContext An identifier to be passed to your click callback when a notification is clicked. + * @field clickCallback A callback to call when the notification is clicked. + */ +struct Growl_Notification { + /* This should be sizeof(struct Growl_Notification). + */ + size_t size; + + /* The notification name distinguishes one type of + * notification from another. The name should be human-readable, as it + * will be displayed in the Growl preference pane. + * + * The name is used in the GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL and + * GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT arrays in the registration dictionary, and + * in this member of the Growl_Notification structure. + */ + CFStringRef name; + + /* A notification's title describes the notification briefly. + * It should be easy to read quickly by the user. + */ + CFStringRef title; + + /* The description supplements the title with more + * information. It is usually longer and sometimes involves a list of + * subjects. For example, for a 'Download complete' notification, the + * description might have one filename per line. GrowlMail in Growl 0.6 + * uses a description of '%d new mail(s)' (formatted with the number of + * messages). + */ + CFStringRef description; + + /* The notification icon usually indicates either what + * happened (it may have the same icon as e.g. a toolbar item that + * started the process that led to the notification), or what it happened + * to (e.g. a document icon). + * + * The icon data is optional, so it can be NULL. In that + * case, the application icon is used alone. Not all displays support + * icons. + * + * The data can be in any format supported by NSImage. As of Mac OS X + * 10.3, this includes the .icns, TIFF, JPEG, GIF, PNG, PDF, and PICT form + * ats. + */ + CFDataRef iconData; + + /* Priority is new in Growl 0.6, and is represented as a + * signed integer from -2 to +2. 0 is Normal priority, -2 is Very Low + * priority, and +2 is Very High priority. + * + * Not all displays support priority. If you do not wish to assign a + * priority to your notification, assign 0. + */ + signed int priority; + + /* These bits are not used in Growl 0.6. Set them to 0. + */ + unsigned reserved: 31; + + /* When the sticky bit is clear, in most displays, + * notifications disappear after a certain amount of time. Sticky + * notifications, however, remain on-screen until the user dismisses them + * explicitly, usually by clicking them. + * + * Sticky notifications were introduced in Growl 0.6. Most notifications + * should not be sticky. Not all displays support sticky notifications, + * and the user may choose in Growl's preference pane to force the + * notification to be sticky or non-sticky, in which case the sticky bit + * in the notification will be ignored. + */ + unsigned isSticky: 1; + + /* If this is not NULL, and your click callback + * is not NULL either, this will be passed to the callback + * when your notification is clicked by the user. + * + * Click feedback was introduced in Growl 0.6, and it is optional. Not + * all displays support click feedback. + */ + CFPropertyListRef clickContext; + + /* If this is not NULL, it will be called instead + * of the Growl delegate's click callback when clickContext is + * non-NULL and the notification is clicked on by the user. + * + * Click feedback was introduced in Growl 0.6, and it is optional. Not + * all displays support click feedback. + * + * The per-notification click callback is not yet supported as of Growl + * 0.7. + */ + void (*clickCallback)(CFPropertyListRef clickContext); + + CFStringRef identifier; +}; + +#pragma mark - +#pragma mark Easy initialisers + +/*! @defined InitGrowlDelegate + * @abstract Callable macro. Initializes a Growl delegate structure to defaults. + * @discussion Call with a pointer to a struct Growl_Delegate. All of the + * members of the structure will be set to 0 or NULL, except for + * size (which will be set to sizeof(struct Growl_Delegate)) and + * referenceCount (which will be set to 1). + */ +#define InitGrowlDelegate(delegate) \ + do { \ + if (delegate) { \ + (delegate)->size = sizeof(struct Growl_Delegate); \ + (delegate)->applicationName = NULL; \ + (delegate)->registrationDictionary = NULL; \ + (delegate)->applicationIconData = NULL; \ + (delegate)->growlInstallationWindowTitle = NULL; \ + (delegate)->growlInstallationInformation = NULL; \ + (delegate)->growlUpdateWindowTitle = NULL; \ + (delegate)->growlUpdateInformation = NULL; \ + (delegate)->referenceCount = 1U; \ + (delegate)->retain = NULL; \ + (delegate)->release = NULL; \ + (delegate)->growlIsReady = NULL; \ + (delegate)->growlNotificationWasClicked = NULL; \ + (delegate)->growlNotificationTimedOut = NULL; \ + } \ + } while(0) + +/*! @defined InitGrowlNotification + * @abstract Callable macro. Initializes a Growl notification structure to defaults. + * @discussion Call with a pointer to a struct Growl_Notification. All of + * the members of the structure will be set to 0 or NULL, except + * for size (which will be set to + * sizeof(struct Growl_Notification)). + */ +#define InitGrowlNotification(notification) \ + do { \ + if (notification) { \ + (notification)->size = sizeof(struct Growl_Notification); \ + (notification)->name = NULL; \ + (notification)->title = NULL; \ + (notification)->description = NULL; \ + (notification)->iconData = NULL; \ + (notification)->priority = 0; \ + (notification)->reserved = 0U; \ + (notification)->isSticky = false; \ + (notification)->clickContext = NULL; \ + (notification)->clickCallback = NULL; \ + (notification)->identifier = NULL; \ + } \ + } while(0) + +#pragma mark - +#pragma mark Public API + +// @functiongroup Managing the Growl delegate + +/*! @function Growl_SetDelegate + * @abstract Replaces the current Growl delegate with a new one, or removes + * the Growl delegate. + * @param newDelegate + * @result Returns false and does nothing else if a pointer that was passed in + * is unsatisfactory (because it is non-NULL, but at least one + * required member of it is NULL). Otherwise, sets or unsets the + * delegate and returns true. + * @discussion When newDelegate is non-NULL, sets + * the delegate to newDelegate. When it is NULL, + * the current delegate will be unset, and no delegate will be in place. + * + * It is legal for newDelegate to be the current delegate; + * nothing will happen, and Growl_SetDelegate will return true. It is also + * legal for it to be NULL, as described above; again, it will + * return true. + * + * If there was a delegate in place before the call, Growl_SetDelegate will + * call the old delegate's release member if it was non-NULL. If + * newDelegate is non-NULL, Growl_SetDelegate will + * call newDelegate->retain, and set the delegate to its return + * value. + * + * If you are using Growl-WithInstaller.framework, and an older version of + * Growl is installed on the user's system, the user will automatically be + * prompted to update. + * + * GrowlApplicationBridge currently does not copy this structure, nor does it + * retain any of the CF objects in the structure (it regards the structure as + * a container that retains the objects when they are added and releases them + * when they are removed or the structure is destroyed). Also, + * GrowlApplicationBridge currently does not modify any member of the + * structure, except possibly the referenceCount by calling the retain and + * release members. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT Boolean Growl_SetDelegate(struct Growl_Delegate *newDelegate); + +/*! @function Growl_GetDelegate + * @abstract Returns the current Growl delegate, if any. + * @result The current Growl delegate. + * @discussion Returns the last pointer passed into Growl_SetDelegate, or + * NULL if no such call has been made. + * + * This function follows standard Core Foundation reference-counting rules. + * Because it is a Get function, not a Copy function, it will not retain the + * delegate on your behalf. You are responsible for retaining and releasing + * the delegate as needed. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT struct Growl_Delegate *Growl_GetDelegate(void); + +#pragma mark - + +// @functiongroup Posting Growl notifications + +/*! @function Growl_PostNotification + * @abstract Posts a Growl notification. + * @param notification The notification to post. + * @discussion This is the preferred means for sending a Growl notification. + * The notification name and at least one of the title and description are + * required (all three are preferred). All other parameters may be + * NULL (or 0 or false as appropriate) to accept default values. + * + * If using the Growl-WithInstaller framework, if Growl is not installed the + * user will be prompted to install Growl. + * If the user cancels, this function will have no effect until the next + * application session, at which time when it is called the user will be + * prompted again. The user is also given the option to not be prompted again. + * If the user does choose to install Growl, the requested notification will + * be displayed once Growl is installed and running. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT void Growl_PostNotification(const struct Growl_Notification *notification); + +/*! @function Growl_PostNotificationWithDictionary +* @abstract Notifies using a userInfo dictionary suitable for passing to +* CFDistributedNotificationCenter. +* @param userInfo The dictionary to notify with. +* @discussion Before Growl 0.6, your application would have posted +* notifications using CFDistributedNotificationCenter by creating a userInfo +* dictionary with the notification data. This had the advantage of allowing +* you to add other data to the dictionary for programs besides Growl that +* might be listening. +* +* This function allows you to use such dictionaries without being restricted +* to using CFDistributedNotificationCenter. The keys for this dictionary + * can be found in GrowlDefines.h. +*/ +GROWL_EXPORT void Growl_PostNotificationWithDictionary(CFDictionaryRef userInfo); + +/*! @function Growl_NotifyWithTitleDescriptionNameIconPriorityStickyClickContext + * @abstract Posts a Growl notification using parameter values. + * @param title The title of the notification. + * @param description The description of the notification. + * @param notificationName The name of the notification as listed in the + * registration dictionary. + * @param iconData Data representing a notification icon. Can be NULL. + * @param priority The priority of the notification (-2 to +2, with -2 + * being Very Low and +2 being Very High). + * @param isSticky If true, requests that this notification wait for a + * response from the user. + * @param clickContext An object to pass to the clickCallback, if any. Can + * be NULL, in which case the clickCallback is not called. + * @discussion Creates a temporary Growl_Notification, fills it out with the + * supplied information, and calls Growl_PostNotification on it. + * See struct Growl_Notification and Growl_PostNotification for more + * information. + * + * The icon data can be in any format supported by NSImage. As of Mac OS X + * 10.3, this includes the .icns, TIFF, JPEG, GIF, PNG, PDF, and PICT formats. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT void Growl_NotifyWithTitleDescriptionNameIconPriorityStickyClickContext( + /*inhale*/ + CFStringRef title, + CFStringRef description, + CFStringRef notificationName, + CFDataRef iconData, + signed int priority, + Boolean isSticky, + CFPropertyListRef clickContext); + +#pragma mark - + +// @functiongroup Registering + +/*! @function Growl_RegisterWithDictionary + * @abstract Register your application with Growl without setting a delegate. + * @discussion When you call this function with a dictionary, + * GrowlApplicationBridge registers your application using that dictionary. + * If you pass NULL, GrowlApplicationBridge will ask the delegate + * (if there is one) for a dictionary, and if that doesn't work, it will look + * in your application's bundle for an auto-discoverable plist. + * (XXX refer to more information on that) + * + * If you pass a dictionary to this function, it must include the + * GROWL_APP_NAME key, unless a delegate is set. + * + * This function is mainly an alternative to the delegate system introduced + * with Growl 0.6. Without a delegate, you cannot receive callbacks such as + * growlIsReady (since they are sent to the delegate). You can, + * however, set a delegate after registering without one. + * + * This function was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + * @result false if registration failed (e.g. if Growl isn't installed). + */ +GROWL_EXPORT Boolean Growl_RegisterWithDictionary(CFDictionaryRef regDict); + +/*! @function Growl_Reregister + * @abstract Updates your registration with Growl. + * @discussion If your application changes the contents of the + * GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL key in the registrationDictionary member of the + * Growl delegate, or if it changes the value of that member, or if it + * changes the contents of its auto-discoverable plist, call this function + * to have Growl update its registration information for your application. + * + * Otherwise, this function does not normally need to be called. If you're + * using a delegate, your application will be registered when you set the + * delegate if both the delegate and its registrationDictionary member are + * non-NULL. + * + * This function is now implemented using + * Growl_RegisterWithDictionary. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT void Growl_Reregister(void); + +#pragma mark - + +/*! @function Growl_SetWillRegisterWhenGrowlIsReady + * @abstract Tells GrowlApplicationBridge to register with Growl when Growl + * launches (or not). + * @discussion When Growl has started listening for notifications, it posts a + * GROWL_IS_READY notification on the Distributed Notification + * Center. GrowlApplicationBridge listens for this notification, using it to + * perform various tasks (such as calling your delegate's + * growlIsReady callback, if it has one). If this function is + * called with true, one of those tasks will be to reregister + * with Growl (in the manner of Growl_Reregister). + * + * This attribute is automatically set back to false + * (the default) after every GROWL_IS_READY notification. + * @param flag true if you want GrowlApplicationBridge to register with + * Growl when next it is ready; false if not. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT void Growl_SetWillRegisterWhenGrowlIsReady(Boolean flag); +/*! @function Growl_WillRegisterWhenGrowlIsReady + * @abstract Reports whether GrowlApplicationBridge will register with Growl + * when Growl next launches. + * @result true if GrowlApplicationBridge will register with + * Growl when next it posts GROWL_IS_READY; false if not. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT Boolean Growl_WillRegisterWhenGrowlIsReady(void); + +#pragma mark - + +// @functiongroup Obtaining registration dictionaries + +/*! @function Growl_CopyRegistrationDictionaryFromDelegate + * @abstract Asks the delegate for a registration dictionary. + * @discussion If no delegate is set, or if the delegate's + * registrationDictionary member is NULL, this + * function returns NULL. + * + * This function does not attempt to clean up the dictionary in any way - for + * example, if it is missing the GROWL_APP_NAME key, the result + * will be missing it too. Use + * Growl_CreateRegistrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary or + * Growl_CreateRegistrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionaryRestrictedToKeys + * to try to fill in missing keys. + * + * This function was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + * @result A registration dictionary. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT CFDictionaryRef Growl_CopyRegistrationDictionaryFromDelegate(void); + +/*! @function Growl_CopyRegistrationDictionaryFromBundle + * @abstract Looks in a bundle for a registration dictionary. + * @discussion This function looks in a bundle for an auto-discoverable + * registration dictionary file using CFBundleCopyResourceURL. + * If it finds one, it loads the file using CFPropertyList and + * returns the result. + * + * If you pass NULL as the bundle, the main bundle is examined. + * + * This function does not attempt to clean up the dictionary in any way - for + * example, if it is missing the GROWL_APP_NAME key, the result + * will be missing it too. Use + * Growl_CreateRegistrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary: or + * Growl_CreateRegistrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionaryRestrictedToKeys + * to try to fill in missing keys. + * + * This function was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + * @result A registration dictionary. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT CFDictionaryRef Growl_CopyRegistrationDictionaryFromBundle(CFBundleRef bundle); + +/*! @function Growl_CreateBestRegistrationDictionary + * @abstract Obtains a registration dictionary, filled out to the best of + * GrowlApplicationBridge's knowledge. + * @discussion This function creates a registration dictionary as best + * GrowlApplicationBridge knows how. + * + * First, GrowlApplicationBridge examines the Growl delegate (if there is + * one) and gets the registration dictionary from that. If no such dictionary + * was obtained, GrowlApplicationBridge looks in your application's main + * bundle for an auto-discoverable registration dictionary file. If that + * doesn't exist either, this function returns NULL. + * + * Second, GrowlApplicationBridge calls + * Growl_CreateRegistrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary with + * whatever dictionary was obtained. The result of that function is the + * result of this function. + * + * GrowlApplicationBridge uses this function when you call + * Growl_SetDelegate, or when you call + * Growl_RegisterWithDictionary with NULL. + * + * This function was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + * @result A registration dictionary. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT CFDictionaryRef Growl_CreateBestRegistrationDictionary(void); + +#pragma mark - + +// @functiongroup Filling in registration dictionaries + +/*! @function Growl_CreateRegistrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary + * @abstract Tries to fill in missing keys in a registration dictionary. + * @param regDict The dictionary to fill in. + * @result The dictionary with the keys filled in. + * @discussion This function examines the passed-in dictionary for missing keys, + * and tries to work out correct values for them. As of 0.7, it uses: + * + * Key Value + * --- ----- + * GROWL_APP_NAME CFBundleExecutableName + * GROWL_APP_ICON The icon of the application. + * GROWL_APP_LOCATION The location of the application. + * GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL + * + * Keys are only filled in if missing; if a key is present in the dictionary, + * its value will not be changed. + * + * This function was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT CFDictionaryRef Growl_CreateRegistrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary(CFDictionaryRef regDict); +/*! @function Growl_CreateRegistrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionaryRestrictedToKeys + * @abstract Tries to fill in missing keys in a registration dictionary. + * @param regDict The dictionary to fill in. + * @param keys The keys to fill in. If NULL, any missing keys are filled in. + * @result The dictionary with the keys filled in. + * @discussion This function examines the passed-in dictionary for missing keys, + * and tries to work out correct values for them. As of 0.7, it uses: + * + * Key Value + * --- ----- + * GROWL_APP_NAME CFBundleExecutableName + * GROWL_APP_ICON The icon of the application. + * GROWL_APP_LOCATION The location of the application. + * GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL + * + * Only those keys that are listed in keys will be filled in. + * Other missing keys are ignored. Also, keys are only filled in if missing; + * if a key is present in the dictionary, its value will not be changed. + * + * This function was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT CFDictionaryRef Growl_CreateRegistrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionaryRestrictedToKeys(CFDictionaryRef regDict, CFSetRef keys); + +/*! @brief Tries to fill in missing keys in a notification dictionary. + * @param notifDict The dictionary to fill in. + * @return The dictionary with the keys filled in. This will be a separate instance from \a notifDict. + * @discussion This function examines the \a notifDict for missing keys, and + * tries to get them from the last known registration dictionary. As of 1.1, + * the keys that it will look for are: + * + * \li GROWL_APP_NAME + * \li GROWL_APP_ICON + * + * @since Growl.framework 1.1 + */ +GROWL_EXPORT CFDictionaryRef Growl_CreateNotificationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary(CFDictionaryRef notifDict); + +#pragma mark - + +// @functiongroup Querying Growl's status + +/*! @function Growl_IsInstalled + * @abstract Determines whether the Growl prefpane and its helper app are + * installed. + * @result Returns true if Growl is installed, false otherwise. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT Boolean Growl_IsInstalled(void); + +/*! @function Growl_IsRunning + * @abstract Cycles through the process list to find whether GrowlHelperApp + * is running. + * @result Returns true if Growl is running, false otherwise. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT Boolean Growl_IsRunning(void); + +#pragma mark - + +// @functiongroup Launching Growl + +/*! @typedef GrowlLaunchCallback + * @abstract Callback to notify you that Growl is running. + * @param context The context pointer passed to Growl_LaunchIfInstalled. + * @discussion Growl_LaunchIfInstalled calls this callback function if Growl + * was already running or if it launched Growl successfully. + */ +typedef void (*GrowlLaunchCallback)(void *context); + +/*! @function Growl_LaunchIfInstalled + * @abstract Launches GrowlHelperApp if it is not already running. + * @param callback A callback function which will be called if Growl was successfully + * launched or was already running. Can be NULL. + * @param context The context pointer to pass to the callback. Can be NULL. + * @result Returns true if Growl was successfully launched or was already + * running; returns false and does not call the callback otherwise. + * @discussion Returns true and calls the callback (if the callback is not + * NULL) if the Growl helper app began launching or was already + * running. Returns false and performs no other action if Growl could not be + * launched (e.g. because the Growl preference pane is not properly installed). + * + * If Growl_CreateBestRegistrationDictionary returns + * non-NULL, this function will register with Growl atomically. + * + * The callback should take a single argument; this is to allow applications + * to have context-relevant information passed back. It is perfectly + * acceptable for context to be NULL. The callback itself can be + * NULL if you don't want one. + */ +GROWL_EXPORT Boolean Growl_LaunchIfInstalled(GrowlLaunchCallback callback, void *context); + +#pragma mark - +#pragma mark Constants + +/*! @defined GROWL_PREFPANE_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER + * @abstract The CFBundleIdentifier of the Growl preference pane bundle. + * @discussion GrowlApplicationBridge uses this to determine whether Growl is + * currently installed, by searching for the Growl preference pane. Your + * application probably does not need to use this macro itself. + */ +#ifndef GROWL_PREFPANE_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER +#define GROWL_PREFPANE_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER CFSTR("com.growl.prefpanel") +#endif + +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* _GROWLAPPLICATIONBRIDGE_CARBON_H_ */ diff --git a/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/GrowlApplicationBridge.h b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/GrowlApplicationBridge.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4341f3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/GrowlApplicationBridge.h @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +// +// GrowlApplicationBridge.h +// Growl +// +// Created by Evan Schoenberg on Wed Jun 16 2004. +// Copyright 2004-2006 The Growl Project. All rights reserved. +// + +/*! + * @header GrowlApplicationBridge.h + * @abstract Defines the GrowlApplicationBridge class. + * @discussion This header defines the GrowlApplicationBridge class as well as + * the GROWL_PREFPANE_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER constant. + */ + +#ifndef __GrowlApplicationBridge_h__ +#define __GrowlApplicationBridge_h__ + +#import +#import +#import "GrowlDefines.h" + +//Forward declarations +@protocol GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate; + +//Internal notification when the user chooses not to install (to avoid continuing to cache notifications awaiting installation) +#define GROWL_USER_CHOSE_NOT_TO_INSTALL_NOTIFICATION @"User chose not to install" + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#pragma mark - + +/*! + * @class GrowlApplicationBridge + * @abstract A class used to interface with Growl. + * @discussion This class provides a means to interface with Growl. + * + * Currently it provides a way to detect if Growl is installed and launch the + * GrowlHelperApp if it's not already running. + */ +@interface GrowlApplicationBridge : NSObject { + +} + +/*! + * @method isGrowlInstalled + * @abstract Detects whether Growl is installed. + * @discussion Determines if the Growl prefpane and its helper app are installed. + * @result Returns YES if Growl is installed, NO otherwise. + */ ++ (BOOL) isGrowlInstalled; + +/*! + * @method isGrowlRunning + * @abstract Detects whether GrowlHelperApp is currently running. + * @discussion Cycles through the process list to find whether GrowlHelperApp is running and returns its findings. + * @result Returns YES if GrowlHelperApp is running, NO otherwise. + */ ++ (BOOL) isGrowlRunning; + +#pragma mark - + +/*! + * @method setGrowlDelegate: + * @abstract Set the object which will be responsible for providing and receiving Growl information. + * @discussion This must be called before using GrowlApplicationBridge. + * + * The methods in the GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate protocol are required + * and return the basic information needed to register with Growl. + * + * The methods in the GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate_InformalProtocol + * informal protocol are individually optional. They provide a greater + * degree of interaction between the application and growl such as informing + * the application when one of its Growl notifications is clicked by the user. + * + * The methods in the GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate_Installation_InformalProtocol + * informal protocol are individually optional and are only applicable when + * using the Growl-WithInstaller.framework which allows for automated Growl + * installation. + * + * When this method is called, data will be collected from inDelegate, Growl + * will be launched if it is not already running, and the application will be + * registered with Growl. + * + * If using the Growl-WithInstaller framework, if Growl is already installed + * but this copy of the framework has an updated version of Growl, the user + * will be prompted to update automatically. + * + * @param inDelegate The delegate for the GrowlApplicationBridge. It must conform to the GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate protocol. + */ ++ (void) setGrowlDelegate:(NSObject *)inDelegate; + +/*! + * @method growlDelegate + * @abstract Return the object responsible for providing and receiving Growl information. + * @discussion See setGrowlDelegate: for details. + * @result The Growl delegate. + */ ++ (NSObject *) growlDelegate; + +#pragma mark - + +/*! + * @method notifyWithTitle:description:notificationName:iconData:priority:isSticky:clickContext: + * @abstract Send a Growl notification. + * @discussion This is the preferred means for sending a Growl notification. + * The notification name and at least one of the title and description are + * required (all three are preferred). All other parameters may be + * nil (or 0 or NO as appropriate) to accept default values. + * + * If using the Growl-WithInstaller framework, if Growl is not installed the + * user will be prompted to install Growl. If the user cancels, this method + * will have no effect until the next application session, at which time when + * it is called the user will be prompted again. The user is also given the + * option to not be prompted again. If the user does choose to install Growl, + * the requested notification will be displayed once Growl is installed and + * running. + * + * @param title The title of the notification displayed to the user. + * @param description The full description of the notification displayed to the user. + * @param notifName The internal name of the notification. Should be human-readable, as it will be displayed in the Growl preference pane. + * @param iconData NSData object to show with the notification as its icon. If nil, the application's icon will be used instead. + * @param priority The priority of the notification. The default value is 0; positive values are higher priority and negative values are lower priority. Not all Growl displays support priority. + * @param isSticky If YES, the notification will remain on screen until clicked. Not all Growl displays support sticky notifications. + * @param clickContext A context passed back to the Growl delegate if it implements -(void)growlNotificationWasClicked: and the notification is clicked. Not all display plugins support clicking. The clickContext must be plist-encodable (completely of NSString, NSArray, NSNumber, NSDictionary, and NSData types). + */ ++ (void) notifyWithTitle:(NSString *)title + description:(NSString *)description + notificationName:(NSString *)notifName + iconData:(NSData *)iconData + priority:(signed int)priority + isSticky:(BOOL)isSticky + clickContext:(id)clickContext; + +/*! + * @method notifyWithTitle:description:notificationName:iconData:priority:isSticky:clickContext:identifier: + * @abstract Send a Growl notification. + * @discussion This is the preferred means for sending a Growl notification. + * The notification name and at least one of the title and description are + * required (all three are preferred). All other parameters may be + * nil (or 0 or NO as appropriate) to accept default values. + * + * If using the Growl-WithInstaller framework, if Growl is not installed the + * user will be prompted to install Growl. If the user cancels, this method + * will have no effect until the next application session, at which time when + * it is called the user will be prompted again. The user is also given the + * option to not be prompted again. If the user does choose to install Growl, + * the requested notification will be displayed once Growl is installed and + * running. + * + * @param title The title of the notification displayed to the user. + * @param description The full description of the notification displayed to the user. + * @param notifName The internal name of the notification. Should be human-readable, as it will be displayed in the Growl preference pane. + * @param iconData NSData object to show with the notification as its icon. If nil, the application's icon will be used instead. + * @param priority The priority of the notification. The default value is 0; positive values are higher priority and negative values are lower priority. Not all Growl displays support priority. + * @param isSticky If YES, the notification will remain on screen until clicked. Not all Growl displays support sticky notifications. + * @param clickContext A context passed back to the Growl delegate if it implements -(void)growlNotificationWasClicked: and the notification is clicked. Not all display plugins support clicking. The clickContext must be plist-encodable (completely of NSString, NSArray, NSNumber, NSDictionary, and NSData types). + * @param identifier An identifier for this notification. Notifications with equal identifiers are coalesced. + */ ++ (void) notifyWithTitle:(NSString *)title + description:(NSString *)description + notificationName:(NSString *)notifName + iconData:(NSData *)iconData + priority:(signed int)priority + isSticky:(BOOL)isSticky + clickContext:(id)clickContext + identifier:(NSString *)identifier; + +/*! + * @method notifyWithTitle:description:notificationName:iconData:priority:isSticky:clickContext:identifier: + * @abstract Send a Growl notification. + * @discussion This is the preferred means for sending a Growl notification. + * The notification name and at least one of the title and description are + * required (all three are preferred). All other parameters may be + * nil (or 0 or NO as appropriate) to accept default values. + * + * If using the Growl-WithInstaller framework, if Growl is not installed the + * user will be prompted to install Growl. If the user cancels, this method + * will have no effect until the next application session, at which time when + * it is called the user will be prompted again. The user is also given the + * option to not be prompted again. If the user does choose to install Growl, + * the requested notification will be displayed once Growl is installed and + * running. + * + * @param title The title of the notification displayed to the user. + * @param description The full description of the notification displayed to the user. + * @param notifName The internal name of the notification. Should be human-readable, as it will be displayed in the Growl preference pane. + * @param iconData NSData object to show with the notification as its icon. If nil, the application's icon will be used instead. + * @param priority The priority of the notification. The default value is 0; positive values are higher priority and negative values are lower priority. Not all Growl displays support priority. + * @param isSticky If YES, the notification will remain on screen until clicked. Not all Growl displays support sticky notifications. + * @param clickContext A context passed back to the Growl delegate if it implements -(void)growlNotificationWasClicked: and the notification is clicked. Not all display plugins support clicking. The clickContext must be plist-encodable (completely of NSString, NSArray, NSNumber, NSDictionary, and NSData types). + * @param identifier An identifier for this notification. Notifications with equal identifiers are coalesced. + */ ++ (void) notifyWithTitle:(NSString *)title + description:(NSString *)description + notificationName:(NSString *)notifName + iconData:(NSData *)iconData + priority:(signed int)priority + isSticky:(BOOL)isSticky + clickContext:(id)clickContext + identifier:(NSString *)identifier; + +/*! @method notifyWithDictionary: + * @abstract Notifies using a userInfo dictionary suitable for passing to + * NSDistributedNotificationCenter. + * @param userInfo The dictionary to notify with. + * @discussion Before Growl 0.6, your application would have posted + * notifications using NSDistributedNotificationCenter by + * creating a userInfo dictionary with the notification data. This had the + * advantage of allowing you to add other data to the dictionary for programs + * besides Growl that might be listening. + * + * This method allows you to use such dictionaries without being restricted + * to using NSDistributedNotificationCenter. The keys for this dictionary + * can be found in GrowlDefines.h. + */ ++ (void) notifyWithDictionary:(NSDictionary *)userInfo; + +#pragma mark - + +/*! @method registerWithDictionary: + * @abstract Register your application with Growl without setting a delegate. + * @discussion When you call this method with a dictionary, + * GrowlApplicationBridge registers your application using that dictionary. + * If you pass nil, GrowlApplicationBridge will ask the delegate + * (if there is one) for a dictionary, and if that doesn't work, it will look + * in your application's bundle for an auto-discoverable plist. + * (XXX refer to more information on that) + * + * If you pass a dictionary to this method, it must include the + * GROWL_APP_NAME key, unless a delegate is set. + * + * This method is mainly an alternative to the delegate system introduced + * with Growl 0.6. Without a delegate, you cannot receive callbacks such as + * -growlIsReady (since they are sent to the delegate). You can, + * however, set a delegate after registering without one. + * + * This method was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + */ ++ (BOOL) registerWithDictionary:(NSDictionary *)regDict; + +/*! @method reregisterGrowlNotifications + * @abstract Reregister the notifications for this application. + * @discussion This method does not normally need to be called. If your + * application changes what notifications it is registering with Growl, call + * this method to have the Growl delegate's + * -registrationDictionaryForGrowl method called again and the + * Growl registration information updated. + * + * This method is now implemented using -registerWithDictionary:. + */ ++ (void) reregisterGrowlNotifications; + +#pragma mark - + +/*! @method setWillRegisterWhenGrowlIsReady: + * @abstract Tells GrowlApplicationBridge to register with Growl when Growl + * launches (or not). + * @discussion When Growl has started listening for notifications, it posts a + * GROWL_IS_READY notification on the Distributed Notification + * Center. GrowlApplicationBridge listens for this notification, using it to + * perform various tasks (such as calling your delegate's + * -growlIsReady method, if it has one). If this method is + * called with YES, one of those tasks will be to reregister + * with Growl (in the manner of -reregisterGrowlNotifications). + * + * This attribute is automatically set back to NO (the default) + * after every GROWL_IS_READY notification. + * @param flag YES if you want GrowlApplicationBridge to register with + * Growl when next it is ready; NO if not. + */ ++ (void) setWillRegisterWhenGrowlIsReady:(BOOL)flag; +/*! @method willRegisterWhenGrowlIsReady + * @abstract Reports whether GrowlApplicationBridge will register with Growl + * when Growl next launches. + * @result YES if GrowlApplicationBridge will register with Growl + * when next it posts GROWL_IS_READY; NO if not. + */ ++ (BOOL) willRegisterWhenGrowlIsReady; + +#pragma mark - + +/*! @method registrationDictionaryFromDelegate + * @abstract Asks the delegate for a registration dictionary. + * @discussion If no delegate is set, or if the delegate's + * -registrationDictionaryForGrowl method returns + * nil, this method returns nil. + * + * This method does not attempt to clean up the dictionary in any way - for + * example, if it is missing the GROWL_APP_NAME key, the result + * will be missing it too. Use +[GrowlApplicationBridge + * registrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary:] or + * +[GrowlApplicationBridge + * registrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary:restrictToKeys:] to try + * to fill in missing keys. + * + * This method was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + * @result A registration dictionary. + */ ++ (NSDictionary *) registrationDictionaryFromDelegate; + +/*! @method registrationDictionaryFromBundle: + * @abstract Looks in a bundle for a registration dictionary. + * @discussion This method looks in a bundle for an auto-discoverable + * registration dictionary file using -[NSBundle + * pathForResource:ofType:]. If it finds one, it loads the file using + * +[NSDictionary dictionaryWithContentsOfFile:] and returns the + * result. + * + * If you pass nil as the bundle, the main bundle is examined. + * + * This method does not attempt to clean up the dictionary in any way - for + * example, if it is missing the GROWL_APP_NAME key, the result + * will be missing it too. Use +[GrowlApplicationBridge + * registrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary:] or + * +[GrowlApplicationBridge + * registrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary:restrictToKeys:] to try + * to fill in missing keys. + * + * This method was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + * @result A registration dictionary. + */ ++ (NSDictionary *) registrationDictionaryFromBundle:(NSBundle *)bundle; + +/*! @method bestRegistrationDictionary + * @abstract Obtains a registration dictionary, filled out to the best of + * GrowlApplicationBridge's knowledge. + * @discussion This method creates a registration dictionary as best + * GrowlApplicationBridge knows how. + * + * First, GrowlApplicationBridge contacts the Growl delegate (if there is + * one) and gets the registration dictionary from that. If no such dictionary + * was obtained, GrowlApplicationBridge looks in your application's main + * bundle for an auto-discoverable registration dictionary file. If that + * doesn't exist either, this method returns nil. + * + * Second, GrowlApplicationBridge calls + * +registrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary: with whatever + * dictionary was obtained. The result of that method is the result of this + * method. + * + * GrowlApplicationBridge uses this method when you call + * +setGrowlDelegate:, or when you call + * +registerWithDictionary: with nil. + * + * This method was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + * @result A registration dictionary. + */ ++ (NSDictionary *) bestRegistrationDictionary; + +#pragma mark - + +/*! @method registrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary: + * @abstract Tries to fill in missing keys in a registration dictionary. + * @discussion This method examines the passed-in dictionary for missing keys, + * and tries to work out correct values for them. As of 0.7, it uses: + * + * Key Value + * --- ----- + * GROWL_APP_NAME CFBundleExecutableName + * GROWL_APP_ICON The icon of the application. + * GROWL_APP_LOCATION The location of the application. + * GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL + * + * Keys are only filled in if missing; if a key is present in the dictionary, + * its value will not be changed. + * + * This method was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + * @param regDict The dictionary to fill in. + * @result The dictionary with the keys filled in. This is an autoreleased + * copy of regDict. + */ ++ (NSDictionary *) registrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary:(NSDictionary *)regDict; +/*! @method registrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary:restrictToKeys: + * @abstract Tries to fill in missing keys in a registration dictionary. + * @discussion This method examines the passed-in dictionary for missing keys, + * and tries to work out correct values for them. As of 0.7, it uses: + * + * Key Value + * --- ----- + * GROWL_APP_NAME CFBundleExecutableName + * GROWL_APP_ICON The icon of the application. + * GROWL_APP_LOCATION The location of the application. + * GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL + * + * Only those keys that are listed in keys will be filled in. + * Other missing keys are ignored. Also, keys are only filled in if missing; + * if a key is present in the dictionary, its value will not be changed. + * + * This method was introduced in Growl.framework 0.7. + * @param regDict The dictionary to fill in. + * @param keys The keys to fill in. If nil, any missing keys are filled in. + * @result The dictionary with the keys filled in. This is an autoreleased + * copy of regDict. + */ ++ (NSDictionary *) registrationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary:(NSDictionary *)regDict restrictToKeys:(NSSet *)keys; + +/*! @brief Tries to fill in missing keys in a notification dictionary. + * @param notifDict The dictionary to fill in. + * @return The dictionary with the keys filled in. This will be a separate instance from \a notifDict. + * @discussion This function examines the \a notifDict for missing keys, and + * tries to get them from the last known registration dictionary. As of 1.1, + * the keys that it will look for are: + * + * \li GROWL_APP_NAME + * \li GROWL_APP_ICON + * + * @since Growl.framework 1.1 + */ ++ (NSDictionary *) notificationDictionaryByFillingInDictionary:(NSDictionary *)regDict; + ++ (NSDictionary *) frameworkInfoDictionary; +@end + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#pragma mark - + +/*! + * @protocol GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate + * @abstract Required protocol for the Growl delegate. + * @discussion The methods in this protocol are required and are called + * automatically as needed by GrowlApplicationBridge. See + * +[GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate:]. + * See also GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate_InformalProtocol. + */ + +@protocol GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate + +// -registrationDictionaryForGrowl has moved to the informal protocol as of 0.7. + +@end + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#pragma mark - + +/*! + * @category NSObject(GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate_InformalProtocol) + * @abstract Methods which may be optionally implemented by the GrowlDelegate. + * @discussion The methods in this informal protocol will only be called if implemented by the delegate. + */ +@interface NSObject (GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate_InformalProtocol) + +/*! + * @method registrationDictionaryForGrowl + * @abstract Return the dictionary used to register this application with Growl. + * @discussion The returned dictionary gives Growl the complete list of + * notifications this application will ever send, and it also specifies which + * notifications should be enabled by default. Each is specified by an array + * of NSString objects. + * + * For most applications, these two arrays can be the same (if all sent + * notifications should be displayed by default). + * + * The NSString objects of these arrays will correspond to the + * notificationName: parameter passed in + * +[GrowlApplicationBridge + * notifyWithTitle:description:notificationName:iconData:priority:isSticky:clickContext:] calls. + * + * The dictionary should have the required key object pairs: + * key: GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL object: NSArray of NSString objects + * key: GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT object: NSArray of NSString objects + * + * The dictionary may have the following key object pairs: + * key: GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_HUMAN_READABLE_NAMES object: NSDictionary of key: notification name object: human-readable notification name + * + * You do not need to implement this method if you have an auto-discoverable + * plist file in your app bundle. (XXX refer to more information on that) + * + * @result The NSDictionary to use for registration. + */ +- (NSDictionary *) registrationDictionaryForGrowl; + +/*! + * @method applicationNameForGrowl + * @abstract Return the name of this application which will be used for Growl bookkeeping. + * @discussion This name is used both internally and in the Growl preferences. + * + * This should remain stable between different versions and incarnations of + * your application. + * For example, "SurfWriter" is a good app name, whereas "SurfWriter 2.0" and + * "SurfWriter Lite" are not. + * + * You do not need to implement this method if you are providing the + * application name elsewhere, meaning in an auto-discoverable plist file in + * your app bundle (XXX refer to more information on that) or in the result + * of -registrationDictionaryForGrowl. + * + * @result The name of the application using Growl. + */ +- (NSString *) applicationNameForGrowl; + +/*! + * @method applicationIconForGrowl + * @abstract Return the NSImage to treat as the application icon. + * @discussion The delegate may optionally return an NSImage + * object to use as the application icon. If this method is not implemented, + * {{{-applicationIconDataForGrowl}}} is tried. If that method is not + * implemented, the application's own icon is used. Neither method is + * generally needed. + * @result The NSImage to treat as the application icon. + */ +- (NSImage *) applicationIconForGrowl; + +/*! + * @method applicationIconDataForGrowl + * @abstract Return the NSData to treat as the application icon. + * @discussion The delegate may optionally return an NSData + * object to use as the application icon; if this is not implemented, the + * application's own icon is used. This is not generally needed. + * @result The NSData to treat as the application icon. + * @deprecated In version 1.1, in favor of {{{-applicationIconForGrowl}}}. + */ +- (NSData *) applicationIconDataForGrowl; + +/*! + * @method growlIsReady + * @abstract Informs the delegate that Growl has launched. + * @discussion Informs the delegate that Growl (specifically, the + * GrowlHelperApp) was launched successfully. The application can take actions + * with the knowledge that Growl is installed and functional. + */ +- (void) growlIsReady; + +/*! + * @method growlNotificationWasClicked: + * @abstract Informs the delegate that a Growl notification was clicked. + * @discussion Informs the delegate that a Growl notification was clicked. It + * is only sent for notifications sent with a non-nil + * clickContext, so if you want to receive a message when a notification is + * clicked, clickContext must not be nil when calling + * +[GrowlApplicationBridge notifyWithTitle: description:notificationName:iconData:priority:isSticky:clickContext:]. + * @param clickContext The clickContext passed when displaying the notification originally via +[GrowlApplicationBridge notifyWithTitle:description:notificationName:iconData:priority:isSticky:clickContext:]. + */ +- (void) growlNotificationWasClicked:(id)clickContext; + +/*! + * @method growlNotificationTimedOut: + * @abstract Informs the delegate that a Growl notification timed out. + * @discussion Informs the delegate that a Growl notification timed out. It + * is only sent for notifications sent with a non-nil + * clickContext, so if you want to receive a message when a notification is + * clicked, clickContext must not be nil when calling + * +[GrowlApplicationBridge notifyWithTitle: description:notificationName:iconData:priority:isSticky:clickContext:]. + * @param clickContext The clickContext passed when displaying the notification originally via +[GrowlApplicationBridge notifyWithTitle:description:notificationName:iconData:priority:isSticky:clickContext:]. + */ +- (void) growlNotificationTimedOut:(id)clickContext; + +@end + +#pragma mark - +/*! + * @category NSObject(GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate_Installation_InformalProtocol) + * @abstract Methods which may be optionally implemented by the Growl delegate when used with Growl-WithInstaller.framework. + * @discussion The methods in this informal protocol will only be called if + * implemented by the delegate. They allow greater control of the information + * presented to the user when installing or upgrading Growl from within your + * application when using Growl-WithInstaller.framework. + */ +@interface NSObject (GrowlApplicationBridgeDelegate_Installation_InformalProtocol) + +/*! + * @method growlInstallationWindowTitle + * @abstract Return the title of the installation window. + * @discussion If not implemented, Growl will use a default, localized title. + * @result An NSString object to use as the title. + */ +- (NSString *)growlInstallationWindowTitle; + +/*! + * @method growlUpdateWindowTitle + * @abstract Return the title of the upgrade window. + * @discussion If not implemented, Growl will use a default, localized title. + * @result An NSString object to use as the title. + */ +- (NSString *)growlUpdateWindowTitle; + +/*! + * @method growlInstallationInformation + * @abstract Return the information to display when installing. + * @discussion This information may be as long or short as desired (the window + * will be sized to fit it). It will be displayed to the user as an + * explanation of what Growl is and what it can do in your application. It + * should probably note that no download is required to install. + * + * If this is not implemented, Growl will use a default, localized explanation. + * @result An NSAttributedString object to display. + */ +- (NSAttributedString *)growlInstallationInformation; + +/*! + * @method growlUpdateInformation + * @abstract Return the information to display when upgrading. + * @discussion This information may be as long or short as desired (the window + * will be sized to fit it). It will be displayed to the user as an + * explanation that an updated version of Growl is included in your + * application and no download is required. + * + * If this is not implemented, Growl will use a default, localized explanation. + * @result An NSAttributedString object to display. + */ +- (NSAttributedString *)growlUpdateInformation; + +@end + +//private +@interface GrowlApplicationBridge (GrowlInstallationPrompt_private) ++ (void) _userChoseNotToInstallGrowl; +@end + +#endif /* __GrowlApplicationBridge_h__ */ diff --git a/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/GrowlDefines.h b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/GrowlDefines.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b971cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Headers/GrowlDefines.h @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +// +// GrowlDefines.h +// + +#ifndef _GROWLDEFINES_H +#define _GROWLDEFINES_H + +#ifdef __OBJC__ +#define XSTR(x) (@x) +#define STRING_TYPE NSString * +#else +#define XSTR CFSTR +#define STRING_TYPE CFStringRef +#endif + +/*! @header GrowlDefines.h + * @abstract Defines all the notification keys. + * @discussion Defines all the keys used for registration with Growl and for + * Growl notifications. + * + * Most applications should use the functions or methods of Growl.framework + * instead of posting notifications such as those described here. + * @updated 2004-01-25 + */ + +// UserInfo Keys for Registration +#pragma mark UserInfo Keys for Registration + +/*! @group Registration userInfo keys */ +/* @abstract Keys for the userInfo dictionary of a GROWL_APP_REGISTRATION distributed notification. + * @discussion The values of these keys describe the application and the + * notifications it may post. + * + * Your application must register with Growl before it can post Growl + * notifications (and have them not be ignored). However, as of Growl 0.6, + * posting GROWL_APP_REGISTRATION notifications directly is no longer the + * preferred way to register your application. Your application should instead + * use Growl.framework's delegate system. + * See +[GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate:] or Growl_SetDelegate for + * more information. + */ + +/*! @defined GROWL_APP_NAME + * @abstract The name of your application. + * @discussion The name of your application. This should remain stable between + * different versions and incarnations of your application. + * For example, "SurfWriter" is a good app name, whereas "SurfWriter 2.0" and + * "SurfWriter Lite" are not. + */ +#define GROWL_APP_NAME XSTR("ApplicationName") +/*! @defined GROWL_APP_ID + * @abstract The bundle identifier of your application. + * @discussion The bundle identifier of your application. This key should + * be unique for your application while there may be several applications + * with the same GROWL_APP_NAME. + * This key is optional. + */ +#define GROWL_APP_ID XSTR("ApplicationId") +/*! @defined GROWL_APP_ICON + * @abstract The image data for your application's icon. + * @discussion Image data representing your application's icon. This may be + * superimposed on a notification icon as a badge, used as the notification + * icon when a notification-specific icon is not supplied, or ignored + * altogether, depending on the display. Must be in a format supported by + * NSImage, such as TIFF, PNG, GIF, JPEG, BMP, PICT, or PDF. + * + * Optional. Not supported by all display plugins. + */ +#define GROWL_APP_ICON XSTR("ApplicationIcon") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT + * @abstract The array of notifications to turn on by default. + * @discussion These are the names of the notifications that should be enabled + * by default when your application registers for the first time. If your + * application reregisters, Growl will look here for any new notification + * names found in GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL, but ignore any others. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT XSTR("DefaultNotifications") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL + * @abstract The array of all notifications your application can send. + * @discussion These are the names of all of the notifications that your + * application may post. See GROWL_NOTIFICATION_NAME for a discussion of good + * notification names. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL XSTR("AllNotifications") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_HUMAN_READABLE_DESCRIPTIONS + * @abstract A dictionary of human-readable names for your notifications. + * @discussion By default, the Growl UI will display notifications by the names given in GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL + * which correspond to the GROWL_NOTIFICATION_NAME. This dictionary specifies the human-readable name to display. + * The keys of the dictionary are GROWL_NOTIFICATION_NAME strings; the objects are the human-readable versions. + * For any GROWL_NOTIFICATION_NAME not specific in this dictionary, the GROWL_NOTIFICATION_NAME will be displayed. + * + * This key is optional. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_HUMAN_READABLE_NAMES XSTR("HumanReadableNames") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DESCRIPTIONS +* @abstract A dictionary of descriptions of _when_ each notification occurs +* @discussion This is an NSDictionary whose keys are GROWL_NOTIFICATION_NAME strings and whose objects are +* descriptions of _when_ each notification occurs, such as "You received a new mail message" or +* "A file finished downloading". +* +* This key is optional. +*/ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DESCRIPTIONS XSTR("NotificationDescriptions") + +/*! @defined GROWL_TICKET_VERSION + * @abstract The version of your registration ticket. + * @discussion Include this key in a ticket plist file that you put in your + * application bundle for auto-discovery. The current ticket version is 1. + */ +#define GROWL_TICKET_VERSION XSTR("TicketVersion") +// UserInfo Keys for Notifications +#pragma mark UserInfo Keys for Notifications + +/*! @group Notification userInfo keys */ +/* @abstract Keys for the userInfo dictionary of a GROWL_NOTIFICATION distributed notification. + * @discussion The values of these keys describe the content of a Growl + * notification. + * + * Not all of these keys are supported by all displays. Only the name, title, + * and description of a notification are universal. Most of the built-in + * displays do support all of these keys, and most other visual displays + * probably will also. But, as of 0.6, the Log, MailMe, and Speech displays + * support only textual data. + */ + +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_NAME + * @abstract The name of the notification. + * @discussion The name of the notification. Note that if you do not define + * GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_HUMAN_READABLE_NAMES when registering your ticket originally this name + * will the one displayed within the Growl preference pane and should be human-readable. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_NAME XSTR("NotificationName") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_TITLE + * @abstract The title to display in the notification. + * @discussion The title of the notification. Should be very brief. + * The title usually says what happened, e.g. "Download complete". + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_TITLE XSTR("NotificationTitle") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_DESCRIPTION + * @abstract The description to display in the notification. + * @discussion The description should be longer and more verbose than the title. + * The description usually tells the subject of the action, + * e.g. "Growl-0.6.dmg downloaded in 5.02 minutes". + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_DESCRIPTION XSTR("NotificationDescription") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_ICON + * @discussion Image data for the notification icon. Must be in a format + * supported by NSImage, such as TIFF, PNG, GIF, JPEG, BMP, PICT, or PDF. + * + * Optional. Not supported by all display plugins. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_ICON XSTR("NotificationIcon") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_APP_ICON + * @discussion Image data for the application icon, in case GROWL_APP_ICON does + * not apply for some reason. Must be in a format supported by NSImage, such + * as TIFF, PNG, GIF, JPEG, BMP, PICT, or PDF. + * + * Optional. Not supported by all display plugins. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_APP_ICON XSTR("NotificationAppIcon") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_PRIORITY + * @discussion The priority of the notification as an integer number from + * -2 to +2 (+2 being highest). + * + * Optional. Not supported by all display plugins. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_PRIORITY XSTR("NotificationPriority") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_STICKY + * @discussion A Boolean number controlling whether the notification is sticky. + * + * Optional. Not supported by all display plugins. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_STICKY XSTR("NotificationSticky") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_CLICK_CONTEXT + * @abstract Identifies which notification was clicked. + * @discussion An identifier for the notification for clicking purposes. + * + * This will be passed back to the application when the notification is + * clicked. It must be plist-encodable (a data, dictionary, array, number, or + * string object), and it should be unique for each notification you post. + * A good click context would be a UUID string returned by NSProcessInfo or + * CFUUID. + * + * Optional. Not supported by all display plugins. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_CLICK_CONTEXT XSTR("NotificationClickContext") + +/*! @defined GROWL_DISPLAY_PLUGIN + * @discussion The name of a display plugin which should be used for this notification. + * Optional. If this key is not set or the specified display plugin does not + * exist, the display plugin stored in the application ticket is used. This key + * allows applications to use different default display plugins for their + * notifications. The user can still override those settings in the preference + * pane. + */ +#define GROWL_DISPLAY_PLUGIN XSTR("NotificationDisplayPlugin") + +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_IDENTIFIER + * @abstract An identifier for the notification for coalescing purposes. + * Notifications with the same identifier fall into the same class; only + * the last notification of a class is displayed on the screen. If a + * notification of the same class is currently being displayed, it is + * replaced by this notification. + * + * Optional. Not supported by all display plugins. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_IDENTIFIER XSTR("GrowlNotificationIdentifier") + +/*! @defined GROWL_APP_PID + * @abstract The process identifier of the process which sends this + * notification. If this field is set, the application will only receive + * clicked and timed out notifications which originate from this process. + * + * Optional. + */ +#define GROWL_APP_PID XSTR("ApplicationPID") + +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_PROGRESS +* @abstract If this key is set, it should contain a double value wrapped +* in a NSNumber which describes some sort of progress (from 0.0 to 100.0). +* If this is key is not set, no progress bar is shown. +* +* Optional. Not supported by all display plugins. +*/ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_PROGRESS XSTR("NotificationProgress") + +// Notifications +#pragma mark Notifications + +/*! @group Notification names */ +/* @abstract Names of distributed notifications used by Growl. + * @discussion These are notifications used by applications (directly or + * indirectly) to interact with Growl, and by Growl for interaction between + * its components. + * + * Most of these should no longer be used in Growl 0.6 and later, in favor of + * Growl.framework's GrowlApplicationBridge APIs. + */ + +/*! @defined GROWL_APP_REGISTRATION + * @abstract The distributed notification for registering your application. + * @discussion This is the name of the distributed notification that can be + * used to register applications with Growl. + * + * The userInfo dictionary for this notification can contain these keys: + *
    + *
  • GROWL_APP_NAME
    • + *
  • GROWL_APP_ICON
    • + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL
    • + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT
    • + *
+ * + * No longer recommended as of Growl 0.6. An alternate method of registering + * is to use Growl.framework's delegate system. + * See +[GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate:] or Growl_SetDelegate for + * more information. + */ +#define GROWL_APP_REGISTRATION XSTR("GrowlApplicationRegistrationNotification") +/*! @defined GROWL_APP_REGISTRATION_CONF + * @abstract The distributed notification for confirming registration. + * @discussion The name of the distributed notification sent to confirm the + * registration. Used by the Growl preference pane. Your application probably + * does not need to use this notification. + */ +#define GROWL_APP_REGISTRATION_CONF XSTR("GrowlApplicationRegistrationConfirmationNotification") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION + * @abstract The distributed notification for Growl notifications. + * @discussion This is what it all comes down to. This is the name of the + * distributed notification that your application posts to actually send a + * Growl notification. + * + * The userInfo dictionary for this notification can contain these keys: + *
    + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATION_NAME (required)
    • + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATION_TITLE (required)
    • + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATION_DESCRIPTION (required)
    • + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATION_ICON
    • + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATION_APP_ICON
    • + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATION_PRIORITY
    • + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATION_STICKY
    • + *
  • GROWL_NOTIFICATION_CLICK_CONTEXT
    • + *
  • GROWL_APP_NAME (required)
    • + *
+ * + * No longer recommended as of Growl 0.6. Three alternate methods of posting + * notifications are +[GrowlApplicationBridge notifyWithTitle:description:notificationName:iconData:priority:isSticky:clickContext:], + * Growl_NotifyWithTitleDescriptionNameIconPriorityStickyClickContext, and + * Growl_PostNotification. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION XSTR("GrowlNotification") +/*! @defined GROWL_SHUTDOWN +* @abstract The distributed notification name that tells Growl to shutdown. +* @discussion The Growl preference pane posts this notification when the +* "Stop Growl" button is clicked. +*/ +#define GROWL_SHUTDOWN XSTR("GrowlShutdown") +/*! @defined GROWL_PING + * @abstract A distributed notification to check whether Growl is running. + * @discussion This is used by the Growl preference pane. If it receives a + * GROWL_PONG, the preference pane takes this to mean that Growl is running. + */ +#define GROWL_PING XSTR("Honey, Mind Taking Out The Trash") +/*! @defined GROWL_PONG + * @abstract The distributed notification sent in reply to GROWL_PING. + * @discussion GrowlHelperApp posts this in reply to GROWL_PING. + */ +#define GROWL_PONG XSTR("What Do You Want From Me, Woman") +/*! @defined GROWL_IS_READY + * @abstract The distributed notification sent when Growl starts up. + * @discussion GrowlHelperApp posts this when it has begin listening on all of + * its sources for new notifications. GrowlApplicationBridge (in + * Growl.framework), upon receiving this notification, reregisters using the + * registration dictionary supplied by its delegate. + */ +#define GROWL_IS_READY XSTR("Lend Me Some Sugar; I Am Your Neighbor!") +/*! @defined GROWL_NOTIFICATION_CLICKED + * @abstract The distributed notification sent when a supported notification is clicked. + * @discussion When a Growl notification with a click context is clicked on by + * the user, Growl posts this distributed notification. + * The GrowlApplicationBridge responds to this notification by calling a + * callback in its delegate. + */ +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_CLICKED XSTR("GrowlClicked!") +#define GROWL_NOTIFICATION_TIMED_OUT XSTR("GrowlTimedOut!") + +/*! @group Other symbols */ +/* Symbols which don't fit into any of the other categories. */ + +/*! @defined GROWL_KEY_CLICKED_CONTEXT + * @abstract Used internally as the key for the clickedContext passed over DNC. + * @discussion This key is used in GROWL_NOTIFICATION_CLICKED, and contains the + * click context that was supplied in the original notification. + */ +#define GROWL_KEY_CLICKED_CONTEXT XSTR("ClickedContext") +/*! @defined GROWL_REG_DICT_EXTENSION + * @abstract The filename extension for registration dictionaries. + * @discussion The GrowlApplicationBridge in Growl.framework registers with + * Growl by creating a file with the extension of .(GROWL_REG_DICT_EXTENSION) + * and opening it in the GrowlHelperApp. This happens whether or not Growl is + * running; if it was stopped, it quits immediately without listening for + * notifications. + */ +#define GROWL_REG_DICT_EXTENSION XSTR("growlRegDict") + + +#define GROWL_POSITION_PREFERENCE_KEY @"GrowlSelectedPosition" + +#endif //ndef _GROWLDEFINES_H diff --git a/MenubarCountdownTests/Info.plist b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Resources/Info.plist similarity index 65% rename from MenubarCountdownTests/Info.plist rename to Growl.framework/Versions/A/Resources/Info.plist index ba72822..38bfb23 100644 --- a/MenubarCountdownTests/Info.plist +++ b/Growl.framework/Versions/A/Resources/Info.plist @@ -3,22 +3,22 @@ CFBundleDevelopmentRegion - en + English CFBundleExecutable - $(EXECUTABLE_NAME) + Growl CFBundleIdentifier - $(PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER) + com.growl.growlframework CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion 6.0 - CFBundleName - $(PRODUCT_NAME) CFBundlePackageType - BNDL + FMWK CFBundleShortVersionString - 1.0 + 1.1.4 CFBundleSignature - ???? + GRRR CFBundleVersion - 1 + 1.1.4 + NSPrincipalClass + GrowlApplicationBridge diff --git a/Growl.framework/Versions/Current b/Growl.framework/Versions/Current new file mode 120000 index 0000000..8c7e5a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Growl.framework/Versions/Current @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +A \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/GrowlHandler.h b/GrowlHandler.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2af6de --- /dev/null +++ b/GrowlHandler.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +// +// GrowlHandler.h +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 6/5/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . + +#import +#import "Growl.framework/Headers/GrowlApplicationBridge.h" + +/// \brief Notification posted when Growl notification is clicked +extern NSString* GrowlHandlerTimerExpiredNotificationWasClicked; + +/// \brief Provides application-specific wrapper for the Growl application bridge +@interface GrowlHandler : NSObject { + NSString* applicationName; ///< Application name reported to Growl + NSString* timerExpiredNotification; ///< Name and title for "Timer expired" Growl notification +} + +/// \brief Set Growl application bridge delegate to this object +- (void)connectToGrowl; + +/// \brief Send Growl notification that timer has expired +- (void)notifyTimerExpired:(NSString *)announcementText; + +@end diff --git a/GrowlHandler.m b/GrowlHandler.m new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e5b09a --- /dev/null +++ b/GrowlHandler.m @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +// +// GrowlHandler.m +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 6/5/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . + +#import "GrowlHandler.h" + + +NSString *GrowlHandlerTimerExpiredNotificationWasClicked = @"GrowlHandlerTimerExpiredNotificationWasClicked"; + + +@implementation GrowlHandler + + +- (id)init { + applicationName = NSLocalizedString(@"Menubar Countdown", + @"Growl Application Name"); + [applicationName retain]; + + timerExpiredNotification = NSLocalizedString(@"Timer expired", + @"Growl Timer Expired Notification"); + [timerExpiredNotification retain]; + + return self; +} + + +- (void)dealloc { + [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate:nil]; + [timerExpiredNotification release]; + [applicationName release]; + [super dealloc]; +} + + +- (void)connectToGrowl { + [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate:self]; +} + + +- (void)notifyTimerExpired:(NSString *)announcementText { + [GrowlApplicationBridge notifyWithTitle:timerExpiredNotification + description:announcementText + notificationName:timerExpiredNotification + iconData:nil + priority:0 + isSticky:NO + clickContext:timerExpiredNotification]; +} + + +- (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl { + NSArray *notifications = [NSArray arrayWithObject:timerExpiredNotification]; + + NSDictionary *dict = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys: + notifications, GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL, + notifications, GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT, + nil]; + return dict; +} + + +- (NSString *)applicationNameForGrowl { + return applicationName; +} + + +- (void)growlNotificationWasClicked:(id)clickContext { + NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter]; + [nc postNotificationName:GrowlHandlerTimerExpiredNotificationWasClicked + object:clickContext]; +} + + +- (void)growlNotificationTimedOut:(id)clickContext { + NSLog(@"Growl notification timed out"); +} + +@end diff --git a/MenubarCountdown/Info.plist b/Info.plist similarity index 58% rename from MenubarCountdown/Info.plist rename to Info.plist index b826e0f..b64b31b 100644 --- a/MenubarCountdown/Info.plist +++ b/Info.plist @@ -3,32 +3,32 @@ CFBundleDevelopmentRegion - en + English CFBundleExecutable - $(EXECUTABLE_NAME) + ${EXECUTABLE_NAME} CFBundleIconFile - + MenuTimerIcon CFBundleIdentifier - $(PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER) + net.capablehands.${PRODUCT_NAME:identifier} CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion 6.0 CFBundleName - $(PRODUCT_NAME) + ${PRODUCT_NAME} CFBundlePackageType APPL - CFBundleShortVersionString - 1.0 CFBundleSignature ???? CFBundleVersion - 1 - LSMinimumSystemVersion - $(MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET) + 1.2 + CFBundleGetInfoString + 1.2, © 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc. NSHumanReadableCopyright - Copyright © 2015 Kristopher Johnson. All rights reserved. - NSMainStoryboardFile - Main + © 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc. + NSMainNibFile + MainMenu NSPrincipalClass NSApplication + LSUIElement + diff --git a/MenuTimer.xcodeproj/TemplateIcon.icns b/MenuTimer.xcodeproj/TemplateIcon.icns new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62cb701 Binary files /dev/null and b/MenuTimer.xcodeproj/TemplateIcon.icns differ diff --git a/MenuTimer.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj b/MenuTimer.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj new file mode 100644 index 0000000..064931d --- /dev/null +++ b/MenuTimer.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj @@ -0,0 +1,403 @@ +// !$*UTF8*$! +{ + archiveVersion = 1; + classes = { + }; + objectVersion = 45; + objects = { + +/* Begin PBXBuildFile section */ + 1DDD58160DA1D0A300B32029 /* MainMenu.xib in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1DDD58140DA1D0A300B32029 /* MainMenu.xib */; }; + 4E04D6750F9D476A006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlertController.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4E04D6740F9D476A006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlertController.m */; }; + 4E04D6B90F9D5E2F006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlert.xib in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4E04D6B70F9D5E2F006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlert.xib */; }; + 4E255A400FD9FD9F0025F48C /* Growl.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4E255A3F0FD9FD9F0025F48C /* Growl.framework */; }; + 4E255A450FD9FDC60025F48C /* GrowlHandler.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4E255A440FD9FDC60025F48C /* GrowlHandler.m */; }; + 4E255A660FD9FF3A0025F48C /* Growl.framework in CopyFiles */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4E255A3F0FD9FD9F0025F48C /* Growl.framework */; }; + 4E5848A60F8050030001EFEB /* StartTimerDialog.xib in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4E5848A40F8050030001EFEB /* StartTimerDialog.xib */; }; + 4E753AA90F8E3A67007B2C05 /* MenuTimerIcon.icns in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4E753AA80F8E3A67007B2C05 /* MenuTimerIcon.icns */; }; + 4EAF35AD0F87EFD400F8CCCB /* UserDefaults.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EAF35AC0F87EFD400F8CCCB /* UserDefaults.m */; }; + 4EBC344C0F7D010100AE610D /* Credits.rtf in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EBC344A0F7D010100AE610D /* Credits.rtf */; }; + 4EC281870FE0CE03008B70D5 /* TextField.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EC281860FE0CE03008B70D5 /* TextField.m */; }; + 4EC45D240F7324A900952786 /* MenuTimerAppDelegate.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EC45D230F7324A900952786 /* MenuTimerAppDelegate.m */; }; + 4EC578F90F7FE2EB0000D737 /* StartTimerDialogController.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EC578F80F7FE2EB0000D737 /* StartTimerDialogController.m */; }; + 4EDFF4450F82D3F5002ACE13 /* AudioToolbox.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EDFF4440F82D3F5002ACE13 /* AudioToolbox.framework */; }; + 4EE7B25D0F83D3AC004F66B8 /* UserDefaults.plist in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EE7B25B0F83D3AC004F66B8 /* UserDefaults.plist */; }; + 4EFE68D10F7C515A00251776 /* Stopwatch.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EFE68D00F7C515A00251776 /* Stopwatch.m */; }; + 8D11072B0486CEB800E47090 /* InfoPlist.strings in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 089C165CFE840E0CC02AAC07 /* InfoPlist.strings */; }; + 8D11072D0486CEB800E47090 /* main.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 29B97316FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* main.m */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 8D11072F0486CEB800E47090 /* Cocoa.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1058C7A1FEA54F0111CA2CBB /* Cocoa.framework */; }; +/* End PBXBuildFile section */ + +/* Begin PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */ + 4E255A640FD9FF0F0025F48C /* CopyFiles */ = { + isa = PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + dstPath = ""; + dstSubfolderSpec = 10; + files = ( + 4E255A660FD9FF3A0025F48C /* Growl.framework in CopyFiles */, + ); + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXFileReference section */ + 089C165DFE840E0CC02AAC07 /* English */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 10; lastKnownFileType = text.plist.strings; name = English; path = English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings; sourceTree = ""; }; + 1058C7A1FEA54F0111CA2CBB /* Cocoa.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = Cocoa.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; sourceTree = ""; }; + 13E42FB307B3F0F600E4EEF1 /* CoreData.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = CoreData.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/CoreData.framework; sourceTree = ""; }; + 1DDD58150DA1D0A300B32029 /* English */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = file.xib; name = English; path = English.lproj/MainMenu.xib; sourceTree = ""; }; + 29B97316FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* main.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = main.m; sourceTree = ""; }; + 29B97324FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* AppKit.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = AppKit.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/AppKit.framework; sourceTree = ""; }; + 29B97325FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Foundation.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = Foundation.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/Foundation.framework; sourceTree = ""; }; + 32CA4F630368D1EE00C91783 /* MenuTimer_Prefix.pch */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = MenuTimer_Prefix.pch; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4E04D6730F9D476A006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlertController.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = TimerExpiredAlertController.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4E04D6740F9D476A006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlertController.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = TimerExpiredAlertController.m; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4E04D6B80F9D5E2F006023D1 /* English */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = file.xib; name = English; path = English.lproj/TimerExpiredAlert.xib; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4E255A3F0FD9FD9F0025F48C /* Growl.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = Growl.framework; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4E255A430FD9FDC60025F48C /* GrowlHandler.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = GrowlHandler.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4E255A440FD9FDC60025F48C /* GrowlHandler.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = GrowlHandler.m; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4E5848A50F8050030001EFEB /* English */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = file.xib; name = English; path = English.lproj/StartTimerDialog.xib; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4E753AA80F8E3A67007B2C05 /* MenuTimerIcon.icns */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.icns; path = MenuTimerIcon.icns; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EAF35AB0F87EFD400F8CCCB /* UserDefaults.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = UserDefaults.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EAF35AC0F87EFD400F8CCCB /* UserDefaults.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = UserDefaults.m; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EBC344B0F7D010100AE610D /* English */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.rtf; name = English; path = English.lproj/Credits.rtf; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EC281850FE0CE03008B70D5 /* TextField.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = TextField.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EC281860FE0CE03008B70D5 /* TextField.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = TextField.m; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EC45D220F7324A900952786 /* MenuTimerAppDelegate.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = MenuTimerAppDelegate.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EC45D230F7324A900952786 /* MenuTimerAppDelegate.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = MenuTimerAppDelegate.m; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EC578F70F7FE2EB0000D737 /* StartTimerDialogController.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = StartTimerDialogController.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EC578F80F7FE2EB0000D737 /* StartTimerDialogController.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = StartTimerDialogController.m; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EDFF4440F82D3F5002ACE13 /* AudioToolbox.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = AudioToolbox.framework; path = ../../../System/Library/Frameworks/AudioToolbox.framework; sourceTree = SDKROOT; }; + 4EE7B25C0F83D3AC004F66B8 /* English */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.plist.xml; name = English; path = English.lproj/UserDefaults.plist; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EFE68CF0F7C515A00251776 /* Stopwatch.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = Stopwatch.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4EFE68D00F7C515A00251776 /* Stopwatch.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = Stopwatch.m; sourceTree = ""; }; + 8D1107310486CEB800E47090 /* Info.plist */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.plist.xml; path = Info.plist; sourceTree = ""; }; + 8D1107320486CEB800E47090 /* Menubar Countdown.app */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.application; includeInIndex = 0; path = "Menubar Countdown.app"; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; }; +/* End PBXFileReference section */ + +/* Begin PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */ + 8D11072E0486CEB800E47090 /* Frameworks */ = { + isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + 8D11072F0486CEB800E47090 /* Cocoa.framework in Frameworks */, + 4EDFF4450F82D3F5002ACE13 /* AudioToolbox.framework in Frameworks */, + 4E255A400FD9FD9F0025F48C /* Growl.framework in Frameworks */, + ); + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXGroup section */ + 080E96DDFE201D6D7F000001 /* Classes */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 4E255A430FD9FDC60025F48C /* GrowlHandler.h */, + 4E255A440FD9FDC60025F48C /* GrowlHandler.m */, + 4EC45D220F7324A900952786 /* MenuTimerAppDelegate.h */, + 4EC45D230F7324A900952786 /* MenuTimerAppDelegate.m */, + 4EC578F70F7FE2EB0000D737 /* StartTimerDialogController.h */, + 4EC578F80F7FE2EB0000D737 /* StartTimerDialogController.m */, + 4EFE68CF0F7C515A00251776 /* Stopwatch.h */, + 4EFE68D00F7C515A00251776 /* Stopwatch.m */, + 4EC281850FE0CE03008B70D5 /* TextField.h */, + 4EC281860FE0CE03008B70D5 /* TextField.m */, + 4E04D6730F9D476A006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlertController.h */, + 4E04D6740F9D476A006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlertController.m */, + 4EAF35AB0F87EFD400F8CCCB /* UserDefaults.h */, + 4EAF35AC0F87EFD400F8CCCB /* UserDefaults.m */, + ); + name = Classes; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 1058C7A0FEA54F0111CA2CBB /* Linked Frameworks */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 1058C7A1FEA54F0111CA2CBB /* Cocoa.framework */, + ); + name = "Linked Frameworks"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 1058C7A2FEA54F0111CA2CBB /* Other Frameworks */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 4EDFF4440F82D3F5002ACE13 /* AudioToolbox.framework */, + 29B97324FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* AppKit.framework */, + 13E42FB307B3F0F600E4EEF1 /* CoreData.framework */, + 29B97325FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Foundation.framework */, + ); + name = "Other Frameworks"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 19C28FACFE9D520D11CA2CBB /* Products */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 8D1107320486CEB800E47090 /* Menubar Countdown.app */, + ); + name = Products; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 29B97314FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* MenuTimer */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 080E96DDFE201D6D7F000001 /* Classes */, + 29B97315FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Other Sources */, + 29B97317FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Resources */, + 29B97323FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Frameworks */, + 19C28FACFE9D520D11CA2CBB /* Products */, + ); + name = MenuTimer; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 29B97315FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Other Sources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 32CA4F630368D1EE00C91783 /* MenuTimer_Prefix.pch */, + 29B97316FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* main.m */, + ); + name = "Other Sources"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 29B97317FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Resources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 4EBC344A0F7D010100AE610D /* Credits.rtf */, + 8D1107310486CEB800E47090 /* Info.plist */, + 089C165CFE840E0CC02AAC07 /* InfoPlist.strings */, + 1DDD58140DA1D0A300B32029 /* MainMenu.xib */, + 4E753AA80F8E3A67007B2C05 /* MenuTimerIcon.icns */, + 4E5848A40F8050030001EFEB /* StartTimerDialog.xib */, + 4E04D6B70F9D5E2F006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlert.xib */, + 4EE7B25B0F83D3AC004F66B8 /* UserDefaults.plist */, + ); + name = Resources; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 29B97323FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Frameworks */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 4E255A3F0FD9FD9F0025F48C /* Growl.framework */, + 1058C7A0FEA54F0111CA2CBB /* Linked Frameworks */, + 1058C7A2FEA54F0111CA2CBB /* Other Frameworks */, + ); + name = Frameworks; + sourceTree = ""; + }; +/* End PBXGroup section */ + +/* Begin PBXNativeTarget section */ + 8D1107260486CEB800E47090 /* MenuTimer */ = { + isa = PBXNativeTarget; + buildConfigurationList = C01FCF4A08A954540054247B /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "MenuTimer" */; + buildPhases = ( + 8D1107290486CEB800E47090 /* Resources */, + 8D11072C0486CEB800E47090 /* Sources */, + 8D11072E0486CEB800E47090 /* Frameworks */, + 4E255A640FD9FF0F0025F48C /* CopyFiles */, + ); + buildRules = ( + ); + dependencies = ( + ); + name = MenuTimer; + productInstallPath = "$(HOME)/Applications"; + productName = MenuTimer; + productReference = 8D1107320486CEB800E47090 /* Menubar Countdown.app */; + productType = "com.apple.product-type.application"; + }; +/* End PBXNativeTarget section */ + +/* Begin PBXProject section */ + 29B97313FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Project object */ = { + isa = PBXProject; + buildConfigurationList = C01FCF4E08A954540054247B /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "MenuTimer" */; + compatibilityVersion = "Xcode 3.1"; + hasScannedForEncodings = 1; + mainGroup = 29B97314FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* MenuTimer */; + projectDirPath = ""; + projectRoot = ""; + targets = ( + 8D1107260486CEB800E47090 /* MenuTimer */, + ); + }; +/* End PBXProject section */ + +/* Begin PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */ + 8D1107290486CEB800E47090 /* Resources */ = { + isa = PBXResourcesBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + 8D11072B0486CEB800E47090 /* InfoPlist.strings in Resources */, + 1DDD58160DA1D0A300B32029 /* MainMenu.xib in Resources */, + 4EBC344C0F7D010100AE610D /* Credits.rtf in Resources */, + 4E5848A60F8050030001EFEB /* StartTimerDialog.xib in Resources */, + 4EE7B25D0F83D3AC004F66B8 /* UserDefaults.plist in Resources */, + 4E753AA90F8E3A67007B2C05 /* MenuTimerIcon.icns in Resources */, + 4E04D6B90F9D5E2F006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlert.xib in Resources */, + ); + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ + 8D11072C0486CEB800E47090 /* Sources */ = { + isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + 8D11072D0486CEB800E47090 /* main.m in Sources */, + 4EC45D240F7324A900952786 /* MenuTimerAppDelegate.m in Sources */, + 4EFE68D10F7C515A00251776 /* Stopwatch.m in Sources */, + 4EC578F90F7FE2EB0000D737 /* StartTimerDialogController.m in Sources */, + 4EAF35AD0F87EFD400F8CCCB /* UserDefaults.m in Sources */, + 4E04D6750F9D476A006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlertController.m in Sources */, + 4E255A450FD9FDC60025F48C /* GrowlHandler.m in Sources */, + 4EC281870FE0CE03008B70D5 /* TextField.m in Sources */, + ); + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXVariantGroup section */ + 089C165CFE840E0CC02AAC07 /* InfoPlist.strings */ = { + isa = PBXVariantGroup; + children = ( + 089C165DFE840E0CC02AAC07 /* English */, + ); + name = InfoPlist.strings; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 1DDD58140DA1D0A300B32029 /* MainMenu.xib */ = { + isa = PBXVariantGroup; + children = ( + 1DDD58150DA1D0A300B32029 /* English */, + ); + name = MainMenu.xib; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 4E04D6B70F9D5E2F006023D1 /* TimerExpiredAlert.xib */ = { + isa = PBXVariantGroup; + children = ( + 4E04D6B80F9D5E2F006023D1 /* English */, + ); + name = TimerExpiredAlert.xib; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 4E5848A40F8050030001EFEB /* StartTimerDialog.xib */ = { + isa = PBXVariantGroup; + children = ( + 4E5848A50F8050030001EFEB /* English */, + ); + name = StartTimerDialog.xib; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 4EBC344A0F7D010100AE610D /* Credits.rtf */ = { + isa = PBXVariantGroup; + children = ( + 4EBC344B0F7D010100AE610D /* English */, + ); + name = Credits.rtf; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 4EE7B25B0F83D3AC004F66B8 /* UserDefaults.plist */ = { + isa = PBXVariantGroup; + children = ( + 4EE7B25C0F83D3AC004F66B8 /* English */, + ); + name = UserDefaults.plist; + sourceTree = ""; + }; +/* End PBXVariantGroup section */ + +/* Begin XCBuildConfiguration section */ + C01FCF4B08A954540054247B /* Debug */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ALWAYS_SEARCH_USER_PATHS = NO; + COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO; + FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = ( + "$(inherited)", + "\"$(SDKROOT)/../../../System/Library/Frameworks\"", + "\"$(SRCROOT)\"", + ); + GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO; + GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES; + GCC_MODEL_TUNING = G5; + GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0; + GCC_PRECOMPILE_PREFIX_HEADER = YES; + GCC_PREFIX_HEADER = MenuTimer_Prefix.pch; + INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist; + INSTALL_PATH = "$(HOME)/Applications"; + PRODUCT_NAME = "Menubar Countdown"; + }; + name = Debug; + }; + C01FCF4C08A954540054247B /* Release */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ALWAYS_SEARCH_USER_PATHS = NO; + DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = "dwarf-with-dsym"; + FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = ( + "$(inherited)", + "\"$(SDKROOT)/../../../System/Library/Frameworks\"", + "\"$(SRCROOT)\"", + ); + GCC_MODEL_TUNING = G5; + GCC_PRECOMPILE_PREFIX_HEADER = YES; + GCC_PREFIX_HEADER = MenuTimer_Prefix.pch; + INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist; + INSTALL_PATH = "$(HOME)/Applications"; + PRODUCT_NAME = "Menubar Countdown"; + }; + name = Release; + }; + C01FCF4F08A954540054247B /* Debug */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_BIT)"; + GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = c99; + GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0; + GCC_WARN_ABOUT_RETURN_TYPE = YES; + GCC_WARN_UNUSED_VARIABLE = YES; + ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; + PREBINDING = NO; + SDKROOT = macosx10.5; + }; + name = Debug; + }; + C01FCF5008A954540054247B /* Release */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_BIT)"; + GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = c99; + GCC_WARN_ABOUT_RETURN_TYPE = YES; + GCC_WARN_UNUSED_VARIABLE = YES; + PREBINDING = NO; + SDKROOT = macosx10.5; + }; + name = Release; + }; +/* End XCBuildConfiguration section */ + +/* Begin XCConfigurationList section */ + C01FCF4A08A954540054247B /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "MenuTimer" */ = { + isa = XCConfigurationList; + buildConfigurations = ( + C01FCF4B08A954540054247B /* Debug */, + C01FCF4C08A954540054247B /* Release */, + ); + defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; + defaultConfigurationName = Release; + }; + C01FCF4E08A954540054247B /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "MenuTimer" */ = { + isa = XCConfigurationList; + buildConfigurations = ( + C01FCF4F08A954540054247B /* Debug */, + C01FCF5008A954540054247B /* Release */, + ); + defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; + defaultConfigurationName = Release; + }; +/* End XCConfigurationList section */ + }; + rootObject = 29B97313FDCFA39411CA2CEA /* Project object */; +} diff --git a/MenuTimerAppDelegate.h b/MenuTimerAppDelegate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2048d4f --- /dev/null +++ b/MenuTimerAppDelegate.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +// +// MenuTimerAppDelegate.h +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 3/19/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . +// + +#import + +@class Stopwatch; +@class StartTimerDialogController; +@class TimerExpiredAlertController; +@class GrowlHandler; + +/// \brief Application delegate +@interface MenuTimerAppDelegate : NSObject { + int timerSettingSeconds; ///< Timer setting + int secondsRemaining; ///< Number of seconds remaining + + BOOL timerIsRunning; ///< Instance variable for \c timerIsRunning property + BOOL canResume; ///< Instance variable for \c canResume property + + NSStatusItem *statusItem; ///< Reference to NSStatusItem + + IBOutlet NSMenu *menu; ///< Outlet for main menu + IBOutlet Stopwatch *stopwatch; ///< Outlet for Stopwatch + IBOutlet StartTimerDialogController *startTimerDialogController; ///< Outlet for StartTimerDialogController + IBOutlet TimerExpiredAlertController *timerExpiredAlertController; ///< Outlet for TimerExpiredAlertController + IBOutlet GrowlHandler *growl; ///< Outlet for GrowlHandler +} + +/// \brief Indicates whether the timer is running +/// +/// This property is bound to the Stop menu item's Enabled property +@property (nonatomic) BOOL timerIsRunning; + +/// \brief Indicates whether the timer can be resumed +/// +/// This property is bound to the Resume menu item's Enabled property +@property (nonatomic) BOOL canResume; + +/// \brief Handle the "About..." menu item +- (IBAction)showAboutPanel:(id)sender; + +/// \brief Start the timer +/// +/// Displays the StartTimerDialogController's window +- (IBAction)startTimer:(id)sender; + +/// \brief Stop the timer +- (IBAction)stopTimer:(id)sender; + +/// \brief Resume the timer +- (IBAction)resumeTimer:(id)sender; + +/// \brief Invoked when the Start button on the StartTimerDialogController's window is clicked +- (IBAction)startTimerDialogStartButtonWasClicked:(id)sender; + +/// \brief Invoked when OK button is clicked in timer-expired alert window +- (IBAction)dismissTimerExpiredAlert:(id)sender; + +/// \brief Invoked when the "Restart Countdown..." button is clicked +- (IBAction)restartCountdownWasClicked:(id)sender; + +@end diff --git a/MenuTimerAppDelegate.m b/MenuTimerAppDelegate.m new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2bd7f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/MenuTimerAppDelegate.m @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +// +// MenuTimerAppDelegate.m +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 3/19/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . +// + +#import "MenuTimerAppDelegate.h" +#import "Stopwatch.h" +#import "StartTimerDialogController.h" +#import "TimerExpiredAlertController.h" +#import "UserDefaults.h" +#import +#import "GrowlHandler.h" + + +@interface MenuTimerAppDelegate (private) ++ (void)setupUserDefaults; +- (void)nextSecondTimerDidFire:(NSTimer*)timer; +- (void)updateStatusItemTitle:(int)timeRemaining; +- (void)timerDidExpire; +- (void)announceTimerExpired; +- (NSString*)announcementText; +- (void)showTimerExpiredAlert; +@end + + +@implementation MenuTimerAppDelegate + +@synthesize timerIsRunning; +@synthesize canResume; + + ++ (void)initialize { + [UserDefaults registerDefaults]; +} + + +- (void)dealloc { + NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter]; + [nc removeObserver:self]; + + [growl release]; + [timerExpiredAlertController release]; + [startTimerDialogController release]; + [stopwatch release]; + [statusItem release]; + [menu release]; + [super dealloc]; +} + + +- (void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)aNotification { + timerSettingSeconds = 25 * 60; + secondsRemaining = timerSettingSeconds; + self.timerIsRunning = NO; + + [stopwatch reset]; + + statusItem = [[NSStatusBar systemStatusBar] statusItemWithLength:NSVariableStatusItemLength]; + [statusItem retain]; + [self updateStatusItemTitle:0]; + [statusItem setMenu:menu]; + [statusItem setHighlightMode:YES]; + [statusItem setToolTip:NSLocalizedString(@"Menubar Countdown", + @"Status Item Tooltip")]; + + // Call startTimer: whenever Growl notification is clicked + NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter]; + [nc addObserver:self + selector:@selector(startTimer:) + name:GrowlHandlerTimerExpiredNotificationWasClicked + object:nil]; + [growl connectToGrowl]; + + NSUserDefaults *defaults = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]; + if ([defaults boolForKey:UserDefaultsShowStartDialogOnLaunchKey]) { + [self startTimer:self]; + } +} + + +- (void)updateStatusItemTitle:(int)timeRemaining { + NSUserDefaults *defaults = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]; + bool showSeconds = [defaults boolForKey:UserDefaultsShowSeconds]; + + if (!showSeconds) { + // Round timeRemaining up to the next minute + double minutes = (double)timeRemaining / 60.0; + timeRemaining = (int)ceil(minutes) * 60; + } + + int hours = timeRemaining / 3600; + timeRemaining %= 3600; + int minutes = timeRemaining / 60; + int seconds = timeRemaining % 60; + + // TODO: Use localized time-formatting function + NSString* timeString; + if (showSeconds) { + timeString = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%02d:%02d:%02d", + hours, minutes, seconds]; + } + else { + timeString = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%02d:%02d", + hours, minutes]; + } + + [statusItem setTitle:timeString]; +} + + +- (void)waitForNextSecond { + NSTimeInterval elapsed = [stopwatch elapsedTimeInterval]; + double intervalToNextSecond = ceil(elapsed) - elapsed; + + [NSTimer scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:intervalToNextSecond + target:self + selector:@selector(nextSecondTimerDidFire:) + userInfo:nil + repeats:NO]; +} + + +- (void)nextSecondTimerDidFire:(NSTimer*)timer { + if (self.timerIsRunning) { + secondsRemaining = nearbyint(timerSettingSeconds - [stopwatch elapsedTimeInterval]); + if (secondsRemaining <= 0) { + [self timerDidExpire]; + } + else { + [self updateStatusItemTitle:secondsRemaining]; + [self waitForNextSecond]; + } + } +} + + +- (IBAction)startTimer:(id)sender { + [self dismissTimerExpiredAlert:sender]; + + if (!startTimerDialogController) { + [NSBundle loadNibNamed:@"StartTimerDialog" owner:self]; + } + [startTimerDialogController showDialog]; +} + + +- (IBAction)startTimerDialogStartButtonWasClicked:(id)sender { + [self dismissTimerExpiredAlert:sender]; + + [startTimerDialogController dismissDialog:sender]; + + [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] synchronize]; + + timerSettingSeconds = (int)[startTimerDialogController timerInterval]; + self.timerIsRunning = YES; + self.canResume = NO; + [stopwatch reset]; + [self updateStatusItemTitle:timerSettingSeconds]; + [self waitForNextSecond]; +} + + +- (IBAction)stopTimer:(id)sender { + self.timerIsRunning = NO; + if (secondsRemaining > 0) { + self.canResume = YES; + } +} + + +- (IBAction)resumeTimer:(id)sender { + if (secondsRemaining < 1) { + return; + } + timerSettingSeconds = secondsRemaining; + self.timerIsRunning = YES; + self.canResume = NO; + [stopwatch reset]; + [self updateStatusItemTitle:timerSettingSeconds]; + [self waitForNextSecond]; +} + + +- (void)timerDidExpire { + self.canResume = NO; + self.timerIsRunning = NO; + [self updateStatusItemTitle:0]; + + [growl notifyTimerExpired:[self announcementText]]; + + NSUserDefaults *defaults = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]; + + if ([defaults boolForKey:UserDefaultsPlayAlertSoundOnExpirationKey]) { + AudioServicesPlayAlertSound(kUserPreferredAlert); + } + + if ([defaults boolForKey:UserDefaultsAnnounceExpirationKey]) { + [self announceTimerExpired]; + } + + if ([defaults boolForKey:UserDefaultsShowAlertWindowOnExpirationKey]) { + [self showTimerExpiredAlert]; + } +} + + +- (void)announceTimerExpired { + NSSpeechSynthesizer *synth = [[NSSpeechSynthesizer alloc] initWithVoice:nil]; + [synth startSpeakingString:[self announcementText]]; + [synth release]; +} + + +- (NSString *)announcementText { + NSString *result = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:UserDefaultsAnnouncementTextKey]; + if ([result length] < 1) { + result = NSLocalizedString(@"The Menubar Countdown timer has reached zero.", + @"Default announcement text"); + } + return result; +} + + +- (void)showTimerExpiredAlert { + [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES]; + + if (!timerExpiredAlertController) { + [NSBundle loadNibNamed:@"TimerExpiredAlert" owner:self]; + } + [timerExpiredAlertController showAlert]; +} + + +- (IBAction)dismissTimerExpiredAlert:(id)sender { + [timerExpiredAlertController close]; +} + + +- (IBAction)restartCountdownWasClicked:(id)sender { + [self dismissTimerExpiredAlert:sender]; + [self startTimer:sender]; +} + + +- (IBAction)showAboutPanel:(id)sender { + [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES]; + [NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanel:sender]; +} + + +@end diff --git a/MenuTimerIcon.icns b/MenuTimerIcon.icns new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4dbafd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/MenuTimerIcon.icns differ diff --git a/MenuTimer_Prefix.pch b/MenuTimer_Prefix.pch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b58559 --- /dev/null +++ b/MenuTimer_Prefix.pch @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +// +// Prefix header for all source files of the 'MenuTimer' target in the 'MenuTimer' project +// + +#ifdef __OBJC__ + #import +#endif diff --git a/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj b/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj deleted file mode 100644 index 2d4c11d..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj +++ /dev/null @@ -1,498 +0,0 @@ -// !$*UTF8*$! -{ - archiveVersion = 1; - classes = { - }; - objectVersion = 46; - objects = { - -/* Begin PBXBuildFile section */ - 4EB204231BED89F900D83EF3 /* AppDelegate.swift in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EB204221BED89F900D83EF3 /* AppDelegate.swift */; }; - 4EB204251BED89F900D83EF3 /* ViewController.swift in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EB204241BED89F900D83EF3 /* ViewController.swift */; }; - 4EB204271BED89F900D83EF3 /* Assets.xcassets in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EB204261BED89F900D83EF3 /* Assets.xcassets */; }; - 4EB2042A1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Main.storyboard in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EB204281BED89F900D83EF3 /* Main.storyboard */; }; - 4EB204351BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests.swift in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EB204341BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests.swift */; }; - 4EB204401BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests.swift in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4EB2043F1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests.swift */; }; -/* End PBXBuildFile section */ - -/* Begin PBXContainerItemProxy section */ - 4EB204311BED89F900D83EF3 /* PBXContainerItemProxy */ = { - isa = PBXContainerItemProxy; - containerPortal = 4EB204171BED89F900D83EF3 /* Project object */; - proxyType = 1; - remoteGlobalIDString = 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3; - remoteInfo = MenubarCountdown; - }; - 4EB2043C1BED89F900D83EF3 /* PBXContainerItemProxy */ = { - isa = PBXContainerItemProxy; - containerPortal = 4EB204171BED89F900D83EF3 /* Project object */; - proxyType = 1; - remoteGlobalIDString = 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3; - remoteInfo = MenubarCountdown; - }; -/* End PBXContainerItemProxy section */ - -/* Begin PBXFileReference section */ - 4EB2041F1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdown.app */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.application; includeInIndex = 0; path = MenubarCountdown.app; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; }; - 4EB204221BED89F900D83EF3 /* AppDelegate.swift */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.swift; path = AppDelegate.swift; sourceTree = ""; }; - 4EB204241BED89F900D83EF3 /* ViewController.swift */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.swift; path = ViewController.swift; sourceTree = ""; }; - 4EB204261BED89F900D83EF3 /* Assets.xcassets */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = folder.assetcatalog; path = Assets.xcassets; sourceTree = ""; }; - 4EB204291BED89F900D83EF3 /* Base */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = file.storyboard; name = Base; path = Base.lproj/Main.storyboard; sourceTree = ""; }; - 4EB2042B1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Info.plist */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.plist.xml; path = Info.plist; sourceTree = ""; }; - 4EB204301BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests.xctest */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.cfbundle; includeInIndex = 0; path = MenubarCountdownTests.xctest; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; }; - 4EB204341BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests.swift */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.swift; path = MenubarCountdownTests.swift; sourceTree = ""; }; - 4EB204361BED89F900D83EF3 /* Info.plist */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.plist.xml; path = Info.plist; sourceTree = ""; }; - 4EB2043B1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests.xctest */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.cfbundle; includeInIndex = 0; path = MenubarCountdownUITests.xctest; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; }; - 4EB2043F1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests.swift */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.swift; path = MenubarCountdownUITests.swift; sourceTree = ""; }; - 4EB204411BED89F900D83EF3 /* Info.plist */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.plist.xml; path = Info.plist; sourceTree = ""; }; -/* End PBXFileReference section */ - -/* Begin PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */ - 4EB2041C1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Frameworks */ = { - isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase; - buildActionMask = 2147483647; - files = ( - ); - runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; - }; - 4EB2042D1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Frameworks */ = { - isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase; - buildActionMask = 2147483647; - files = ( - ); - runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; - }; - 4EB204381BED89F900D83EF3 /* Frameworks */ = { - isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase; - buildActionMask = 2147483647; - files = ( - ); - runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; - }; -/* End PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */ - -/* Begin PBXGroup section */ - 4EB204161BED89F900D83EF3 = { - isa = PBXGroup; - children = ( - 4EB204211BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdown */, - 4EB204331BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests */, - 4EB2043E1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests */, - 4EB204201BED89F900D83EF3 /* Products */, - ); - sourceTree = ""; - }; - 4EB204201BED89F900D83EF3 /* Products */ = { - isa = PBXGroup; - children = ( - 4EB2041F1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdown.app */, - 4EB204301BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests.xctest */, - 4EB2043B1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests.xctest */, - ); - name = Products; - sourceTree = ""; - }; - 4EB204211BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdown */ = { - isa = PBXGroup; - children = ( - 4EB204221BED89F900D83EF3 /* AppDelegate.swift */, - 4EB204241BED89F900D83EF3 /* ViewController.swift */, - 4EB204261BED89F900D83EF3 /* Assets.xcassets */, - 4EB204281BED89F900D83EF3 /* Main.storyboard */, - 4EB2042B1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Info.plist */, - ); - path = MenubarCountdown; - sourceTree = ""; - }; - 4EB204331BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests */ = { - isa = PBXGroup; - children = ( - 4EB204341BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests.swift */, - 4EB204361BED89F900D83EF3 /* Info.plist */, - ); - path = MenubarCountdownTests; - sourceTree = ""; - }; - 4EB2043E1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests */ = { - isa = PBXGroup; - children = ( - 4EB2043F1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests.swift */, - 4EB204411BED89F900D83EF3 /* Info.plist */, - ); - path = MenubarCountdownUITests; - sourceTree = ""; - }; -/* End PBXGroup section */ - -/* Begin PBXNativeTarget section */ - 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdown */ = { - isa = PBXNativeTarget; - buildConfigurationList = 4EB204441BED89F900D83EF3 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "MenubarCountdown" */; - buildPhases = ( - 4EB2041B1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Sources */, - 4EB2041C1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Frameworks */, - 4EB2041D1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Resources */, - ); - buildRules = ( - ); - dependencies = ( - ); - name = MenubarCountdown; - productName = MenubarCountdown; - productReference = 4EB2041F1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdown.app */; - productType = "com.apple.product-type.application"; - }; - 4EB2042F1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests */ = { - isa = PBXNativeTarget; - buildConfigurationList = 4EB204471BED89F900D83EF3 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "MenubarCountdownTests" */; - buildPhases = ( - 4EB2042C1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Sources */, - 4EB2042D1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Frameworks */, - 4EB2042E1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Resources */, - ); - buildRules = ( - ); - dependencies = ( - 4EB204321BED89F900D83EF3 /* PBXTargetDependency */, - ); - name = MenubarCountdownTests; - productName = MenubarCountdownTests; - productReference = 4EB204301BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests.xctest */; - productType = "com.apple.product-type.bundle.unit-test"; - }; - 4EB2043A1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests */ = { - isa = PBXNativeTarget; - buildConfigurationList = 4EB2044A1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "MenubarCountdownUITests" */; - buildPhases = ( - 4EB204371BED89F900D83EF3 /* Sources */, - 4EB204381BED89F900D83EF3 /* Frameworks */, - 4EB204391BED89F900D83EF3 /* Resources */, - ); - buildRules = ( - ); - dependencies = ( - 4EB2043D1BED89F900D83EF3 /* PBXTargetDependency */, - ); - name = MenubarCountdownUITests; - productName = MenubarCountdownUITests; - productReference = 4EB2043B1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests.xctest */; - productType = "com.apple.product-type.bundle.ui-testing"; - }; -/* End PBXNativeTarget section */ - -/* Begin PBXProject section */ - 4EB204171BED89F900D83EF3 /* Project object */ = { - isa = PBXProject; - attributes = { - LastSwiftUpdateCheck = 0710; - LastUpgradeCheck = 0710; - ORGANIZATIONNAME = "Kristopher Johnson"; - TargetAttributes = { - 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3 = { - CreatedOnToolsVersion = 7.1; - }; - 4EB2042F1BED89F900D83EF3 = { - CreatedOnToolsVersion = 7.1; - TestTargetID = 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3; - }; - 4EB2043A1BED89F900D83EF3 = { - CreatedOnToolsVersion = 7.1; - TestTargetID = 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3; - }; - }; - }; - buildConfigurationList = 4EB2041A1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "MenubarCountdown" */; - compatibilityVersion = "Xcode 3.2"; - developmentRegion = English; - hasScannedForEncodings = 0; - knownRegions = ( - en, - Base, - ); - mainGroup = 4EB204161BED89F900D83EF3; - productRefGroup = 4EB204201BED89F900D83EF3 /* Products */; - projectDirPath = ""; - projectRoot = ""; - targets = ( - 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdown */, - 4EB2042F1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests */, - 4EB2043A1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests */, - ); - }; -/* End PBXProject section */ - -/* Begin PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */ - 4EB2041D1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Resources */ = { - isa = PBXResourcesBuildPhase; - buildActionMask = 2147483647; - files = ( - 4EB204271BED89F900D83EF3 /* Assets.xcassets in Resources */, - 4EB2042A1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Main.storyboard in Resources */, - ); - runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; - }; - 4EB2042E1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Resources */ = { - isa = PBXResourcesBuildPhase; - buildActionMask = 2147483647; - files = ( - ); - runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; - }; - 4EB204391BED89F900D83EF3 /* Resources */ = { - isa = PBXResourcesBuildPhase; - buildActionMask = 2147483647; - files = ( - ); - runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; - }; -/* End PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */ - -/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ - 4EB2041B1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Sources */ = { - isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase; - buildActionMask = 2147483647; - files = ( - 4EB204251BED89F900D83EF3 /* ViewController.swift in Sources */, - 4EB204231BED89F900D83EF3 /* AppDelegate.swift in Sources */, - ); - runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; - }; - 4EB2042C1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Sources */ = { - isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase; - buildActionMask = 2147483647; - files = ( - 4EB204351BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownTests.swift in Sources */, - ); - runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; - }; - 4EB204371BED89F900D83EF3 /* Sources */ = { - isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase; - buildActionMask = 2147483647; - files = ( - 4EB204401BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdownUITests.swift in Sources */, - ); - runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; - }; -/* End PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ - -/* Begin PBXTargetDependency section */ - 4EB204321BED89F900D83EF3 /* PBXTargetDependency */ = { - isa = PBXTargetDependency; - target = 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdown */; - targetProxy = 4EB204311BED89F900D83EF3 /* PBXContainerItemProxy */; - }; - 4EB2043D1BED89F900D83EF3 /* PBXTargetDependency */ = { - isa = PBXTargetDependency; - target = 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3 /* MenubarCountdown */; - targetProxy = 4EB2043C1BED89F900D83EF3 /* PBXContainerItemProxy */; - }; -/* End PBXTargetDependency section */ - -/* Begin PBXVariantGroup section */ - 4EB204281BED89F900D83EF3 /* Main.storyboard */ = { - isa = PBXVariantGroup; - children = ( - 4EB204291BED89F900D83EF3 /* Base */, - ); - name = Main.storyboard; - sourceTree = ""; - }; -/* End PBXVariantGroup section */ - -/* Begin XCBuildConfiguration section */ - 4EB204421BED89F900D83EF3 /* Debug */ = { - isa = XCBuildConfiguration; - buildSettings = { - ALWAYS_SEARCH_USER_PATHS = NO; - CLANG_CXX_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = "gnu++0x"; - CLANG_CXX_LIBRARY = "libc++"; - CLANG_ENABLE_MODULES = YES; - CLANG_ENABLE_OBJC_ARC = YES; - CLANG_WARN_BOOL_CONVERSION = YES; - CLANG_WARN_CONSTANT_CONVERSION = YES; - CLANG_WARN_DIRECT_OBJC_ISA_USAGE = YES_ERROR; - CLANG_WARN_EMPTY_BODY = YES; - CLANG_WARN_ENUM_CONVERSION = YES; - CLANG_WARN_INT_CONVERSION = YES; - CLANG_WARN_OBJC_ROOT_CLASS = YES_ERROR; - CLANG_WARN_UNREACHABLE_CODE = YES; - CLANG_WARN__DUPLICATE_METHOD_MATCH = YES; - CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "-"; - COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO; - DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = dwarf; - ENABLE_STRICT_OBJC_MSGSEND = YES; - ENABLE_TESTABILITY = YES; - GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99; - GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO; - GCC_NO_COMMON_BLOCKS = YES; - GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0; - GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = ( - "DEBUG=1", - "$(inherited)", - ); - GCC_WARN_64_TO_32_BIT_CONVERSION = YES; - GCC_WARN_ABOUT_RETURN_TYPE = YES_ERROR; - GCC_WARN_UNDECLARED_SELECTOR = YES; - GCC_WARN_UNINITIALIZED_AUTOS = YES_AGGRESSIVE; - GCC_WARN_UNUSED_FUNCTION = YES; - GCC_WARN_UNUSED_VARIABLE = YES; - MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.11; - MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = YES; - ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; - SDKROOT = macosx; - SWIFT_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = "-Onone"; - }; - name = Debug; - }; - 4EB204431BED89F900D83EF3 /* Release */ = { - isa = XCBuildConfiguration; - buildSettings = { - ALWAYS_SEARCH_USER_PATHS = NO; - CLANG_CXX_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = "gnu++0x"; - CLANG_CXX_LIBRARY = "libc++"; - CLANG_ENABLE_MODULES = YES; - CLANG_ENABLE_OBJC_ARC = YES; - CLANG_WARN_BOOL_CONVERSION = YES; - CLANG_WARN_CONSTANT_CONVERSION = YES; - CLANG_WARN_DIRECT_OBJC_ISA_USAGE = YES_ERROR; - CLANG_WARN_EMPTY_BODY = YES; - CLANG_WARN_ENUM_CONVERSION = YES; - CLANG_WARN_INT_CONVERSION = YES; - CLANG_WARN_OBJC_ROOT_CLASS = YES_ERROR; - CLANG_WARN_UNREACHABLE_CODE = YES; - CLANG_WARN__DUPLICATE_METHOD_MATCH = YES; - CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "-"; - COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO; - DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = "dwarf-with-dsym"; - ENABLE_NS_ASSERTIONS = NO; - ENABLE_STRICT_OBJC_MSGSEND = YES; - GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99; - GCC_NO_COMMON_BLOCKS = YES; - GCC_WARN_64_TO_32_BIT_CONVERSION = YES; - GCC_WARN_ABOUT_RETURN_TYPE = YES_ERROR; - GCC_WARN_UNDECLARED_SELECTOR = YES; - GCC_WARN_UNINITIALIZED_AUTOS = YES_AGGRESSIVE; - GCC_WARN_UNUSED_FUNCTION = YES; - GCC_WARN_UNUSED_VARIABLE = YES; - MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.11; - MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = NO; - SDKROOT = macosx; - }; - name = Release; - }; - 4EB204451BED89F900D83EF3 /* Debug */ = { - isa = XCBuildConfiguration; - buildSettings = { - ASSETCATALOG_COMPILER_APPICON_NAME = AppIcon; - COMBINE_HIDPI_IMAGES = YES; - INFOPLIST_FILE = MenubarCountdown/Info.plist; - LD_RUNPATH_SEARCH_PATHS = "$(inherited) @executable_path/../Frameworks"; - PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER = net.kristopherjohnson.MenubarCountdown; - PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - }; - name = Debug; - }; - 4EB204461BED89F900D83EF3 /* Release */ = { - isa = XCBuildConfiguration; - buildSettings = { - ASSETCATALOG_COMPILER_APPICON_NAME = AppIcon; - COMBINE_HIDPI_IMAGES = YES; - INFOPLIST_FILE = MenubarCountdown/Info.plist; - LD_RUNPATH_SEARCH_PATHS = "$(inherited) @executable_path/../Frameworks"; - PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER = net.kristopherjohnson.MenubarCountdown; - PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - }; - name = Release; - }; - 4EB204481BED89F900D83EF3 /* Debug */ = { - isa = XCBuildConfiguration; - buildSettings = { - BUNDLE_LOADER = "$(TEST_HOST)"; - COMBINE_HIDPI_IMAGES = YES; - INFOPLIST_FILE = MenubarCountdownTests/Info.plist; - LD_RUNPATH_SEARCH_PATHS = "$(inherited) @executable_path/../Frameworks @loader_path/../Frameworks"; - PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER = net.kristopherjohnson.MenubarCountdownTests; - PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - TEST_HOST = "$(BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR)/MenubarCountdown.app/Contents/MacOS/MenubarCountdown"; - }; - name = Debug; - }; - 4EB204491BED89F900D83EF3 /* Release */ = { - isa = XCBuildConfiguration; - buildSettings = { - BUNDLE_LOADER = "$(TEST_HOST)"; - COMBINE_HIDPI_IMAGES = YES; - INFOPLIST_FILE = MenubarCountdownTests/Info.plist; - LD_RUNPATH_SEARCH_PATHS = "$(inherited) @executable_path/../Frameworks @loader_path/../Frameworks"; - PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER = net.kristopherjohnson.MenubarCountdownTests; - PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - TEST_HOST = "$(BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR)/MenubarCountdown.app/Contents/MacOS/MenubarCountdown"; - }; - name = Release; - }; - 4EB2044B1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Debug */ = { - isa = XCBuildConfiguration; - buildSettings = { - COMBINE_HIDPI_IMAGES = YES; - INFOPLIST_FILE = MenubarCountdownUITests/Info.plist; - LD_RUNPATH_SEARCH_PATHS = "$(inherited) @executable_path/../Frameworks @loader_path/../Frameworks"; - PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER = net.kristopherjohnson.MenubarCountdownUITests; - PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - TEST_TARGET_NAME = MenubarCountdown; - USES_XCTRUNNER = YES; - }; - name = Debug; - }; - 4EB2044C1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Release */ = { - isa = XCBuildConfiguration; - buildSettings = { - COMBINE_HIDPI_IMAGES = YES; - INFOPLIST_FILE = MenubarCountdownUITests/Info.plist; - LD_RUNPATH_SEARCH_PATHS = "$(inherited) @executable_path/../Frameworks @loader_path/../Frameworks"; - PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER = net.kristopherjohnson.MenubarCountdownUITests; - PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - TEST_TARGET_NAME = MenubarCountdown; - USES_XCTRUNNER = YES; - }; - name = Release; - }; -/* End XCBuildConfiguration section */ - -/* Begin XCConfigurationList section */ - 4EB2041A1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "MenubarCountdown" */ = { - isa = XCConfigurationList; - buildConfigurations = ( - 4EB204421BED89F900D83EF3 /* Debug */, - 4EB204431BED89F900D83EF3 /* Release */, - ); - defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; - defaultConfigurationName = Release; - }; - 4EB204441BED89F900D83EF3 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "MenubarCountdown" */ = { - isa = XCConfigurationList; - buildConfigurations = ( - 4EB204451BED89F900D83EF3 /* Debug */, - 4EB204461BED89F900D83EF3 /* Release */, - ); - defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; - }; - 4EB204471BED89F900D83EF3 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "MenubarCountdownTests" */ = { - isa = XCConfigurationList; - buildConfigurations = ( - 4EB204481BED89F900D83EF3 /* Debug */, - 4EB204491BED89F900D83EF3 /* Release */, - ); - defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; - }; - 4EB2044A1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "MenubarCountdownUITests" */ = { - isa = XCConfigurationList; - buildConfigurations = ( - 4EB2044B1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Debug */, - 4EB2044C1BED89F900D83EF3 /* Release */, - ); - defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; - }; -/* End XCConfigurationList section */ - }; - rootObject = 4EB204171BED89F900D83EF3 /* Project object */; -} diff --git a/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/project.xcworkspace/contents.xcworkspacedata b/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/project.xcworkspace/contents.xcworkspacedata deleted file mode 100644 index a747017..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/project.xcworkspace/contents.xcworkspacedata +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - - - - - diff --git a/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/kdj.xcuserdatad/xcschemes/MenubarCountdown.xcscheme b/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/kdj.xcuserdatad/xcschemes/MenubarCountdown.xcscheme deleted file mode 100644 index 306df6d..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/kdj.xcuserdatad/xcschemes/MenubarCountdown.xcscheme +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/kdj.xcuserdatad/xcschemes/xcschememanagement.plist b/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/kdj.xcuserdatad/xcschemes/xcschememanagement.plist deleted file mode 100644 index 94705bd..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdown.xcodeproj/xcuserdata/kdj.xcuserdatad/xcschemes/xcschememanagement.plist +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ - - - - - SchemeUserState - - MenubarCountdown.xcscheme - - orderHint - 0 - - - SuppressBuildableAutocreation - - 4EB2041E1BED89F900D83EF3 - - primary - - - 4EB2042F1BED89F900D83EF3 - - primary - - - 4EB2043A1BED89F900D83EF3 - - primary - - - - - diff --git a/MenubarCountdown/AppDelegate.swift b/MenubarCountdown/AppDelegate.swift deleted file mode 100644 index 6f6b50e..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdown/AppDelegate.swift +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -// -// AppDelegate.swift -// MenubarCountdown -// -// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 11/6/15. -// Copyright © 2015 Kristopher Johnson. All rights reserved. -// - -import Cocoa - -@NSApplicationMain -class AppDelegate: NSObject, NSApplicationDelegate { - - - - func applicationDidFinishLaunching(aNotification: NSNotification) { - // Insert code here to initialize your application - } - - func applicationWillTerminate(aNotification: NSNotification) { - // Insert code here to tear down your application - } - - -} - diff --git a/MenubarCountdown/Assets.xcassets/AppIcon.appiconset/Contents.json b/MenubarCountdown/Assets.xcassets/AppIcon.appiconset/Contents.json deleted file mode 100644 index 2db2b1c..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdown/Assets.xcassets/AppIcon.appiconset/Contents.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -{ - "images" : [ - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "16x16", - "scale" : "1x" - }, - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "16x16", - "scale" : "2x" - }, - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "32x32", - "scale" : "1x" - }, - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "32x32", - "scale" : "2x" - }, - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "128x128", - "scale" : "1x" - }, - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "128x128", - "scale" : "2x" - }, - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "256x256", - "scale" : "1x" - }, - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "256x256", - "scale" : "2x" - }, - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "512x512", - "scale" : "1x" - }, - { - "idiom" : "mac", - "size" : "512x512", - "scale" : "2x" - } - ], - "info" : { - "version" : 1, - "author" : "xcode" - } -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/MenubarCountdown/Base.lproj/Main.storyboard b/MenubarCountdown/Base.lproj/Main.storyboard deleted file mode 100644 index ee35e19..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdown/Base.lproj/Main.storyboard +++ /dev/null @@ -1,681 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Default - - - - - - - Left to Right - - - - - - - Right to Left - - - - - - - - - - - Default - - - - - - - Left to Right - - - - - - - Right to Left - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/MenubarCountdown/ViewController.swift b/MenubarCountdown/ViewController.swift deleted file mode 100644 index 9fad539..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdown/ViewController.swift +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -// -// ViewController.swift -// MenubarCountdown -// -// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 11/6/15. -// Copyright © 2015 Kristopher Johnson. All rights reserved. -// - -import Cocoa - -class ViewController: NSViewController { - - override func viewDidLoad() { - super.viewDidLoad() - - // Do any additional setup after loading the view. - } - - override var representedObject: AnyObject? { - didSet { - // Update the view, if already loaded. - } - } - - -} - diff --git a/MenubarCountdownTests/MenubarCountdownTests.swift b/MenubarCountdownTests/MenubarCountdownTests.swift deleted file mode 100644 index 4c30b87..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdownTests/MenubarCountdownTests.swift +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -// -// MenubarCountdownTests.swift -// MenubarCountdownTests -// -// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 11/6/15. -// Copyright © 2015 Kristopher Johnson. All rights reserved. -// - -import XCTest -@testable import MenubarCountdown - -class MenubarCountdownTests: XCTestCase { - - override func setUp() { - super.setUp() - // Put setup code here. This method is called before the invocation of each test method in the class. - } - - override func tearDown() { - // Put teardown code here. This method is called after the invocation of each test method in the class. - super.tearDown() - } - - func testExample() { - // This is an example of a functional test case. - // Use XCTAssert and related functions to verify your tests produce the correct results. - } - - func testPerformanceExample() { - // This is an example of a performance test case. - self.measureBlock { - // Put the code you want to measure the time of here. - } - } - -} diff --git a/MenubarCountdownUITests/Info.plist b/MenubarCountdownUITests/Info.plist deleted file mode 100644 index ba72822..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdownUITests/Info.plist +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ - - - - - CFBundleDevelopmentRegion - en - CFBundleExecutable - $(EXECUTABLE_NAME) - CFBundleIdentifier - $(PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER) - CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion - 6.0 - CFBundleName - $(PRODUCT_NAME) - CFBundlePackageType - BNDL - CFBundleShortVersionString - 1.0 - CFBundleSignature - ???? - CFBundleVersion - 1 - - diff --git a/MenubarCountdownUITests/MenubarCountdownUITests.swift b/MenubarCountdownUITests/MenubarCountdownUITests.swift deleted file mode 100644 index 80550cc..0000000 --- a/MenubarCountdownUITests/MenubarCountdownUITests.swift +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -// -// MenubarCountdownUITests.swift -// MenubarCountdownUITests -// -// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 11/6/15. -// Copyright © 2015 Kristopher Johnson. All rights reserved. -// - -import XCTest - -class MenubarCountdownUITests: XCTestCase { - - override func setUp() { - super.setUp() - - // Put setup code here. This method is called before the invocation of each test method in the class. - - // In UI tests it is usually best to stop immediately when a failure occurs. - continueAfterFailure = false - // UI tests must launch the application that they test. Doing this in setup will make sure it happens for each test method. - XCUIApplication().launch() - - // In UI tests it’s important to set the initial state - such as interface orientation - required for your tests before they run. The setUp method is a good place to do this. - } - - override func tearDown() { - // Put teardown code here. This method is called after the invocation of each test method in the class. - super.tearDown() - } - - func testExample() { - // Use recording to get started writing UI tests. - // Use XCTAssert and related functions to verify your tests produce the correct results. - } - -} diff --git a/README.txt b/README.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..657f129 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +Menubar Countdown +Version 1.2 +Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc. + +See for information +about this software. + + +LICENSE + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see . + + +RELEASE NOTES + +v1.2 (2009/06/22) + +- New application icon + +- Command-X, Command-C, Command-V, and Command-A now work in the text fields in the settings dialog + +- Command-R is now a shortcut key for the Restart Countdown... button in the alert window + +- Add option to hide seconds in menu bar + +- Show start-timer dialog when application launches + +- Add Growl notifications. The Announcement text specified in the Start dialog will be displayed in the Growl notification window. + + +v1.1 (2009/04/20) + +- timer-expired alert window floats above other applications' windows + +- added application icon + +- added Doxygen comments to source code + + +v1.0 (2009/04/09) + +- initial release + diff --git a/StartTimerDialogController.h b/StartTimerDialogController.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44c25ed --- /dev/null +++ b/StartTimerDialogController.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +// +// StartTimerDialogController.h +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 3/29/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . +// + +#import + +/// \brief Displays the timer settings dialog +/// +/// The controls in the dialog window are bound to +/// properties in the shared NSUserDefaultsController, +/// so other objects access the values via that +/// object rather than by querying this controller or +/// its window. +@interface StartTimerDialogController : NSWindowController { + IBOutlet NSWindow *startTimerDialog; ///< Outlet for the dialog window +} + +/// \brief Display the dialog window +- (void)showDialog; + +/// \brief Hide the dialog window +- (IBAction)dismissDialog:(id)sender; + +/// \brief Return the time interval specified in the dialog +- (NSTimeInterval)timerInterval; + +@end diff --git a/StartTimerDialogController.m b/StartTimerDialogController.m new file mode 100644 index 0000000..953e671 --- /dev/null +++ b/StartTimerDialogController.m @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +// +// StartTimerDialogController.m +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 3/29/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . +// + +#import "StartTimerDialogController.h" +#import "UserDefaults.h" + + +@implementation StartTimerDialogController + +- (void)showDialog { + [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES]; + if (![startTimerDialog isVisible]) { + [startTimerDialog center]; + [startTimerDialog makeFirstResponder:nil]; + } + [startTimerDialog makeKeyAndOrderFront:self]; +} + + +- (IBAction)dismissDialog:(id)sender { + if (![startTimerDialog makeFirstResponder:nil]) { + // TODO: Figure out what to do if responder didn't resign + } + [startTimerDialog orderOut:sender]; +} + + +- (NSTimeInterval)timerInterval { + NSUserDefaults *defaults = [NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]; + int timerHours = [defaults integerForKey:UserDefaultsTimerHoursKey]; + int timerMinutes = [defaults integerForKey:UserDefaultsTimerMinutesKey]; + int timerSeconds = [defaults integerForKey:UserDefaultsTimerSecondsKey]; + return (timerHours * 3600) + (timerMinutes * 60) + timerSeconds; +} + + +- (void)dealloc { + [startTimerDialog release]; + [super dealloc]; +} + + +@end diff --git a/Stopwatch.h b/Stopwatch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b6b4b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Stopwatch.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Stopwatch.h + * MenuTimer + * + * Created by Kristopher Johnson on 3/26/09. + * Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. + * + * This file is part of Menubar Countdown. + * + * Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . + */ + +#import + +/// \brief Timekeeping object +/// +/// A Stopwatch computes the absolute time interval between +/// the current time and the last call to \c reset (or \c init). +@interface Stopwatch : NSObject { + uint64_t startTime; ///< Absolute time of last call to \c reset +} + +/// \brief Set the stopwatch's begin time to the current time +- (void)reset; + +/// \brief Get time interval in nanoseconds +- (uint64_t)elapsedNanoseconds; + +/// \brief Get time interval in seconds +- (NSTimeInterval)elapsedTimeInterval; + +@end + diff --git a/Stopwatch.m b/Stopwatch.m new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d38254b --- /dev/null +++ b/Stopwatch.m @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* + * Stopwatch.m + * MenuTimer + * + * Created by Kristopher Johnson on 3/15/09. + * Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. + * + * This file is part of Menubar Countdown. + * + * Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . + */ + +#include "Stopwatch.h" +#include +#include + + +@implementation Stopwatch + + +- (id)init { + [self reset]; + return self; +} + + +- (void)reset { + startTime = mach_absolute_time(); +} + + +- (uint64_t)elapsedNanoseconds { + // See http://developer.apple.com/qa/qa2004/qa1398.html for details about this code + + const uint64_t now = mach_absolute_time(); + const uint64_t elapsed = now - startTime; + + Nanoseconds elapsedNano = AbsoluteToNanoseconds(*(AbsoluteTime *)&elapsed); + return *(uint64_t *)&elapsedNano; +} + + +- (NSTimeInterval)elapsedTimeInterval { + return (double)[self elapsedNanoseconds] * 1.0e-9; +} + + +@end diff --git a/TextField.h b/TextField.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7b0cc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/TextField.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// +// TextField.h +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 6/11/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . + +#import + +/// \brief Subclass of NSTextField that handles Cmd-X, Cmd-C, Cmd-V, and Cmd-A +/// +/// This class is used instead of the standard NSTextField in the Start.. dialog +/// to allow the user to use the standard edit keyboard shortcuts even though the +/// application has no Edit menu. +/// +/// This class is based on code found at http://www.cocoarocket.com/articles/copypaste.html +/// which was written by James Huddleston. +@interface TextField : NSTextField { +} + +@end diff --git a/TextField.m b/TextField.m new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86917fd --- /dev/null +++ b/TextField.m @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +// +// TextField.m +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 6/11/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . + +#import "TextField.h" + + +@implementation TextField + +- (BOOL)performKeyEquivalent:(NSEvent *)event { + if (([event modifierFlags] & NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask) == NSCommandKeyMask) { + if ([[event charactersIgnoringModifiers] isEqualToString:@"x"]) { + // Map Command-X to Cut + return [NSApp sendAction:@selector(cut:) to:[[self window] firstResponder] from:self]; + } + else if ([[event charactersIgnoringModifiers] isEqualToString:@"c"]) { + // Map Command-C to Copy + return [NSApp sendAction:@selector(copy:) to:[[self window] firstResponder] from:self]; + } + else if ([[event charactersIgnoringModifiers] isEqualToString:@"v"]) { + // Map Command-V to Paste + return [NSApp sendAction:@selector(paste:) to:[[self window] firstResponder] from:self]; + } + else if ([[event charactersIgnoringModifiers] isEqualToString:@"a"]) { + // Map Command-A to Select All + return [NSApp sendAction:@selector(selectAll:) to:[[self window] firstResponder] from:self]; + } + } + return [super performKeyEquivalent:event]; +} + +@end \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/TimerExpiredAlertController.h b/TimerExpiredAlertController.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b499727 --- /dev/null +++ b/TimerExpiredAlertController.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// +// TimerExpiredAlertController.h +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 4/20/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . + +#import + +/// \brief Controller for the alert window that appears when the timer reaches 00:00:00 +/// +/// The alert window looks like a modal NSAlert window, but is actually implemented +/// as a simple NSWindow, loaded from a NIB, so that its level can be set to +/// \c NSFloatingWindowLevel. +@interface TimerExpiredAlertController : NSWindowController { +} + +/// \brief Center the window, make it float above others, and make it the key window +- (void)showAlert; + +@end diff --git a/TimerExpiredAlertController.m b/TimerExpiredAlertController.m new file mode 100644 index 0000000..573edab --- /dev/null +++ b/TimerExpiredAlertController.m @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// +// TimerExpiredAlertController.m +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 4/20/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . + +#import "TimerExpiredAlertController.h" + + +@implementation TimerExpiredAlertController + +- (void)showAlert { + NSWindow *w = [self window]; + [w makeFirstResponder:nil]; + [w setLevel:NSFloatingWindowLevel]; + [w center]; + [w makeKeyAndOrderFront:self]; +} + +@end diff --git a/UserDefaults.h b/UserDefaults.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27ec809 --- /dev/null +++ b/UserDefaults.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +// +// UserDefaults.h +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 4/4/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . +// + +#import + +// Keys for this application's values in NSUserDefaults +extern NSString *UserDefaultsTimerHoursKey; ///< Timer hours setting +extern NSString *UserDefaultsTimerMinutesKey; ///< Timer minutes setting +extern NSString *UserDefaultsTimerSecondsKey; ///< Timer seconds setting +extern NSString *UserDefaultsPlayAlertSoundOnExpirationKey; ///< Is alert sound enabled? +extern NSString *UserDefaultsAnnounceExpirationKey; ///< Is speech enabled? +extern NSString *UserDefaultsAnnouncementTextKey; ///< Text to be spoken +extern NSString *UserDefaultsShowAlertWindowOnExpirationKey; ///< Is alert window enabled? +extern NSString *UserDefaultsShowStartDialogOnLaunchKey; ///< Show start dialog when app launches? +extern NSString *UserDefaultsShowSeconds; ///< Show seconds in menubar? + +/// \brief Handles registration of NSUserDefaults settings +@interface UserDefaults : NSObject +{} + +/// \brief Register the default settings +/// +/// Registers settings from the file UserDefaults.plist ++ (void)registerDefaults; + +@end diff --git a/UserDefaults.m b/UserDefaults.m new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5844166 --- /dev/null +++ b/UserDefaults.m @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +// +// UserDefaults.m +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 4/4/09. +// Copyright 2009 Capable Hands Technologies, Inc.. All rights reserved. +// +// This file is part of Menubar Countdown. +// +// Menubar Countdown is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +// (at your option) any later version. +// +// Menubar Countdown is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +// GNU General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +// along with Menubar Countdown. If not, see . +// + +#import "UserDefaults.h" + + +NSString *UserDefaultsTimerHoursKey = @"TimerHours"; +NSString *UserDefaultsTimerMinutesKey = @"TimerMinutes"; +NSString *UserDefaultsTimerSecondsKey = @"TimerSeconds"; +NSString *UserDefaultsPlayAlertSoundOnExpirationKey = @"PlayAlertSoundOnExpiration"; +NSString *UserDefaultsAnnounceExpirationKey = @"AnnounceExpiration"; +NSString *UserDefaultsAnnouncementTextKey = @"AnnouncementText"; +NSString *UserDefaultsShowAlertWindowOnExpirationKey = @"ShowAlertWindowOnExpiration"; +NSString *UserDefaultsShowStartDialogOnLaunchKey = @"ShowStartDialogOnLaunch"; +NSString *UserDefaultsShowSeconds = @"ShowSeconds"; + + +@implementation UserDefaults + ++ (void)registerDefaults { + NSLog(@"UserDefaults registerDefaults"); + NSString *plistPath = [[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForResource:@"UserDefaults" + ofType:@"plist"]; + NSDictionary *dict = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithContentsOfFile:plistPath]; + [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:dict]; +} + +@end + + diff --git a/beautify b/beautify new file mode 100755 index 0000000..d9b8655 --- /dev/null +++ b/beautify @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#!/bin/sh + +# Source beautifier script +# +# Run Uncrustify on the source files; this should be done before each commit +# + +uncrustify -l OC -c uncrustify.cfg --no-backup $(find . -maxdepth 1 -name "*.[hm]") + diff --git a/main.m b/main.m new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58d6bc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/main.m @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +// +// main.m +// MenuTimer +// +// Created by Kristopher Johnson on 3/19/09. +// Copyright Capable Hands Technologies, Inc. 2009. All rights reserved. +// + +#import + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]){ + return NSApplicationMain(argc, (const char **)argv); +} diff --git a/uncrustify.cfg b/uncrustify.cfg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10f082e --- /dev/null +++ b/uncrustify.cfg @@ -0,0 +1,1174 @@ +# Uncrustify 0.52 + +# +# General options +# + +# The type of line endings +newlines = auto # auto/lf/crlf/cr + +# The original size of tabs in the input +input_tab_size = 8 # number + +# The size of tabs in the output (only used if align_with_tabs=true) +output_tab_size = 8 # number + +# The ascii value of the string escape char, usually 92 (\) or 94 (^). (Pawn) +string_escape_char = 92 # number + +# Alternate string escape char for Pawn. Only works right before the quote char. +string_escape_char2 = 0 # number + +# +# Indenting +# + +# The number of columns to indent per level. +# Usually 2, 3, 4, or 8. +indent_columns = 4 # number + +# How to use tabs when indenting code +# 0=spaces only +# 1=indent with tabs, align with spaces +# 2=indent and align with tabs +indent_with_tabs = 0 # number + +# Whether to indent strings broken by '\' so that they line up +indent_align_string = false # false/true + +# The number of spaces to indent multi-line XML strings. +# Requires indent_align_string=True +indent_xml_string = 0 # number + +# Spaces to indent '{' from level +indent_brace = 0 # number + +# Whether braces are indented to the body level +indent_braces = false # false/true + +# Disabled indenting function braces if indent_braces is true +indent_braces_no_func = false # false/true + +# Indent based on the size of the brace parent, ie 'if' => 3 spaces, 'for' => 4 spaces, etc. +indent_brace_parent = false # false/true + +# Whether the 'namespace' body is indented +indent_namespace = false # false/true + +# Whether the 'extern "C"' body is indented +indent_extern = false # false/true + +# Whether the 'class' body is indented +indent_class = false # false/true + +# Whether to indent the stuff after a leading class colon +indent_class_colon = false # false/true + +# False=treat 'else\nif' as 'else if' for indenting purposes +# True=indent the 'if' one level +indent_else_if = false # false/true + +# Amount to indent variable declarations after a open brace. neg=relative, pos=absolute +indent_var_def_blk = 0 # number + +# True: indent continued function call parameters one indent level +# False: align parameters under the open paren +indent_func_call_param = false # false/true + +# Same as indent_func_call_param, but for function defs +indent_func_def_param = false # false/true + +# Same as indent_func_call_param, but for function protos +indent_func_proto_param = false # false/true + +# Same as indent_func_call_param, but for class declarations +indent_func_class_param = false # false/true + +# Same as indent_func_call_param, but for class variable constructors +indent_func_ctor_var_param = false # false/true + +# Same as indent_func_call_param, but for templates +indent_template_param = false # false/true + +# Double the indent for indent_func_xxx_param options +indent_func_param_double = false # false/true + +# Indentation column for standalone 'const' function decl/proto qualifier +indent_func_const = 0 # number + +# Indentation column for standalone 'throw' function decl/proto qualifier +indent_func_throw = 0 # number + +# The number of spaces to indent a continued '->' or '.' +# Usually set to 0, 1, or indent_columns. +indent_member = 0 # number + +# Spaces to indent single line ('//') comments on lines before code +indent_sing_line_comments = 0 # number + +# If set, will indent trailing single line ('//') comments relative +# to the code instead of trying to keep the same absolute column +indent_relative_single_line_comments = false # false/true + +# Spaces to indent 'case' from 'switch' +# Usually 0 or indent_columns. +indent_switch_case = 0 # number + +# Spaces to shift the 'case' line, without affecting any other lines +# Usually 0. +indent_case_shift = 0 # number + +# Spaces to indent '{' from 'case'. +# By default, the brace will appear under the 'c' in case. +# Usually set to 0 or indent_columns. +indent_case_brace = 0 # number + +# Whether to indent comments found in first column +indent_col1_comment = false # false/true + +# How to indent goto labels +# >0 : absolute column where 1 is the leftmost column +# <=0 : subtract from brace indent +indent_label = 2 # number + +# Same as indent_label, but for access specifiers that are followed by a colon +indent_access_spec = 1 # number + +# Indent the code after an access specifier by one level. +# If set, this option forces 'indent_access_spec=0' +indent_access_spec_body = false # false/true + +# If an open paren is followed by a newline, indent the next line so that it lines up after the open paren (not recommended) +indent_paren_nl = false # false/true + +# Controls the indent of a close paren after a newline. +# 0: Indent to body level +# 1: Align under the open paren +# 2: Indent to the brace level +indent_paren_close = 0 # number + +# Controls the indent of a comma when inside a paren.If TRUE, aligns under the open paren +indent_comma_paren = false # false/true + +# Controls the indent of a BOOL operator when inside a paren.If TRUE, aligns under the open paren +indent_bool_paren = false # false/true + +# If an open square is followed by a newline, indent the next line so that it lines up after the open square (not recommended) +indent_square_nl = false # false/true + +# Don't change the relative indent of ESQL/C 'EXEC SQL' bodies +indent_preserve_sql = false # false/true + +# Align continued statements at the '='. Default=True +# If FALSE or the '=' is followed by a newline, the next line is indent one tab. +indent_align_assign = true # false/true + +# +# Spacing options +# + +# Add or remove space around arithmetic operator '+', '-', '/', '*', etc +sp_arith = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space around assignment operator '=', '+=', etc +sp_assign = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before assignment operator '=', '+=', etc. Overrides sp_assign. +sp_before_assign = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after assignment operator '=', '+=', etc. Overrides sp_assign. +sp_after_assign = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space around assignment '=' in enum +sp_enum_assign = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before assignment '=' in enum. Overrides sp_enum_assign. +sp_enum_before_assign = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after assignment '=' in enum. Overrides sp_enum_assign. +sp_enum_after_assign = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space around boolean operators '&&' and '||' +sp_bool = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space around compare operator '<', '>', '==', etc +sp_compare = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside '(' and ')' +sp_inside_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between nested parens +sp_paren_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Whether to balance spaces inside nested parens +sp_balance_nested_parens = false # false/true + +# Add or remove space between ')' and '{' +sp_paren_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before pointer star '*' +sp_before_ptr_star = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before pointer star '*' that isn't followed by a variable name +# If set to 'ignore', sp_before_ptr_star is used instead. +sp_before_unnamed_ptr_star = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between pointer stars '*' +sp_between_ptr_star = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after pointer star '*', if followed by a word. +sp_after_ptr_star = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after a pointer star '*', if followed by a func proto/def. +sp_after_ptr_star_func = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before a pointer star '*', if followed by a func proto/def. +sp_before_ptr_star_func = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before a reference sign '&' +sp_before_byref = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before a reference sign '&' that isn't followed by a variable name +# If set to 'ignore', sp_before_byref is used instead. +sp_before_unnamed_byref = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after reference sign '&', if followed by a word. +sp_after_byref = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after a reference sign '&', if followed by a func proto/def. +sp_after_byref_func = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before a reference sign '&', if followed by a func proto/def. +sp_before_byref_func = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between type and word +sp_after_type = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space in 'template <' vs 'template<'. +# If set to ignore, sp_before_angle is used. +sp_template_angle = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before '<>' +sp_before_angle = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside '<' and '>' +sp_inside_angle = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after '<>' +sp_after_angle = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between '<>' and '(' as found in 'new List();' +sp_angle_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between '<>' and a word as in 'List m;' +sp_angle_word = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before '(' of 'if', 'for', 'switch', and 'while' +sp_before_sparen = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside if-condition '(' and ')' +sp_inside_sparen = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before if-condition ')'. Overrides sp_inside_sparen. +sp_inside_sparen_close = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after ')' of 'if', 'for', 'switch', and 'while' +sp_after_sparen = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between ')' and '{' of 'if', 'for', 'switch', and 'while' +sp_sparen_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'invariant' and '(' in the D language. +sp_invariant_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the ')' in 'invariant (C) c' in the D language. +sp_after_invariant_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before empty statement ';' on 'if', 'for' and 'while' +sp_special_semi = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before ';' +sp_before_semi = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before ';' in non-empty 'for' statements +sp_before_semi_for = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before a semicolon of an empty part of a for statment. +sp_before_semi_for_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the final semicolon of an empty part of a for statment: for ( ; ; ). +sp_after_semi_for_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before '[' (except '[]') +sp_before_square = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before '[]' +sp_before_squares = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside '[' and ']' +sp_inside_square = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after ',' +sp_after_comma = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before ',' +sp_before_comma = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after class ':' +sp_after_class_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before class ':' +sp_before_class_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before case ':' +sp_before_case_colon = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'operator' and operator sign +sp_after_operator = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between the operator symbol and the open paren, as in 'operator ++(' +sp_after_operator_sym = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after C/D cast, ie 'cast(int)a' vs 'cast(int) a' or '(int)a' vs '(int) a' +sp_after_cast = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove spaces inside cast parens +sp_inside_paren_cast = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between the type and open paren in a C++ cast, ie 'int(exp)' vs 'int (exp)' +sp_cpp_cast_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'sizeof' and '(' +sp_sizeof_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the tag keyword (Pawn) +sp_after_tag = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside enum '{' and '}' +sp_inside_braces_enum = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside struct/union '{' and '}' +sp_inside_braces_struct = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside '{' and '}' +sp_inside_braces = force # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside '{}' +sp_inside_braces_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between return type and function name +# A minimum of 1 is forced except for pointer return types. +sp_type_func = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between function name and '(' on function declaration +sp_func_proto_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between function name and '(' on function definition +sp_func_def_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside empty function '()' +sp_inside_fparens = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space inside function '(' and ')' +sp_inside_fparen = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between ']' and '(' when part of a function call. +sp_square_fparen = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between ')' and '{' of function +sp_fparen_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between function name and '(' on function calls +sp_func_call_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between the user function name and '(' on function calls +# You need to set a keyword to be a user function, like this: 'set func_call_user _' in the config file. +sp_func_call_user_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between a constructor/destructor and the open paren +sp_func_class_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'return' and '(' +sp_return_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between '__attribute__' and '(' +sp_attribute_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'defined' and '(' in '#if defined (FOO)' +sp_defined_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'throw' and '(' in 'throw (something)' +sp_throw_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between macro and value +sp_macro = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between macro function ')' and value +sp_macro_func = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'else' and '{' if on the same line +sp_else_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between '}' and 'else' if on the same line +sp_brace_else = add # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between '}' and the name of a typedef on the same line +sp_brace_typedef = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'catch' and '{' if on the same line +sp_catch_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between '}' and 'catch' if on the same line +sp_brace_catch = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'finally' and '{' if on the same line +sp_finally_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between '}' and 'finally' if on the same line +sp_brace_finally = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between 'try' and '{' if on the same line +sp_try_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space between get/set and '{' if on the same line +sp_getset_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before the '::' operator +sp_before_dc = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the '::' operator +sp_after_dc = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove around the D named array initializer ':' operator +sp_d_array_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the '!' (not) operator. +sp_not = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the '~' (invert) operator. +sp_inv = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the '&' (address-of) operator. +# This does not affect the spacing after a '&' that is part of a type. +sp_addr = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space around the '.' or '->' operators +sp_member = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the '*' (dereference) operator. +# This does not affect the spacing after a '*' that is part of a type. +sp_deref = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after '+' or '-', as in 'x = -5' or 'y = +7' +sp_sign = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before or after '++' and '--', as in '(--x)' or 'y++;' +sp_incdec = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before a backslash-newline at the end of a line +sp_before_nl_cont = add # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the scope '+' or '-', as in '-(void) foo;' or '+(int) bar;' +sp_after_oc_scope = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the colon in message specs +# '-(int) f:(int) x;' vs '-(int) f: (int) x;' +sp_after_oc_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before the colon in message specs +# '-(int) f: (int) x;' vs '-(int) f : (int) x;' +sp_before_oc_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the colon in message specs +# '[object setValue:1];' vs '[object setValue: 1];' +sp_after_send_oc_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space before the colon in message specs +# '[object setValue:1];' vs '[object setValue :1];' +sp_before_send_oc_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space after the (type) in message specs +# '-(int) f: (int) x;' vs '-(int) f: (int)x;' +sp_after_oc_type = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space around the ':' in 'b ? t : f' +sp_cond_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove space around the '?' in 'b ? t : f' +sp_cond_question = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Fix the spacing between 'case' and the label. Only 'ignore' and 'force' make sense here. +sp_case_label = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Control the space around the D '..' operator. +sp_range = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Control the space after the opening of a C++ comment '// A' vs '//A' +sp_cmt_cpp_start = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# +# Code alignment (not left column spaces/tabs) +# + +# Whether to keep non-indenting tabs +align_keep_tabs = false # false/true + +# Whether to use tabs for alinging +align_with_tabs = false # false/true + +# Whether to bump out to the next tab when aligning +align_on_tabstop = false # false/true + +# Whether to left-align numbers +align_number_left = false # false/true + +# Align variable definitions in prototypes and functions +align_func_params = false # false/true + +# Align parameters in single-line functions that have the same name. +# The function names must already be aligned with each other. +align_same_func_call_params = false # false/true + +# The span for aligning variable definitions (0=don't align) +align_var_def_span = 0 # number + +# How to align the star in variable definitions. +# 0=Part of the type 'void * foo;' +# 1=Part of the variable 'void *foo;' +# 2=Dangling 'void *foo;' +align_var_def_star_style = 0 # number + +# How to align the '&' in variable definitions. +# 0=Part of the type +# 1=Part of the variable +# 2=Dangling +align_var_def_amp_style = 0 # number + +# The threshold for aligning variable definitions (0=no limit) +align_var_def_thresh = 0 # number + +# The gap for aligning variable definitions +align_var_def_gap = 0 # number + +# Whether to align the colon in struct bit fields +align_var_def_colon = false # false/true + +# Whether to align inline struct/enum/union variable definitions +align_var_def_inline = false # false/true + +# The span for aligning on '=' in assignments (0=don't align) +align_assign_span = 0 # number + +# The threshold for aligning on '=' in assignments (0=no limit) +align_assign_thresh = 0 # number + +# The span for aligning on '=' in enums (0=don't align) +align_enum_equ_span = 0 # number + +# The threshold for aligning on '=' in enums (0=no limit) +align_enum_equ_thresh = 0 # number + +# The span for aligning struct/union (0=don't align) +align_var_struct_span = 0 # number + +# The threshold for aligning struct/union member definitions (0=no limit) +align_var_struct_thresh = 0 # number + +# The gap for aligning struct/union member definitions +align_var_struct_gap = 0 # number + +# The span for aligning struct initializer values (0=don't align) +align_struct_init_span = 0 # number + +# The minimum space between the type and the synonym of a typedef +align_typedef_gap = 0 # number + +# The span for aligning single-line typedefs (0=don't align) +align_typedef_span = 0 # number + +# How to align typedef'd functions with other typedefs +# 0: Don't mix them at all +# 1: align the open paren with the types +# 2: align the function type name with the other type names +align_typedef_func = 0 # number + +# Controls the positioning of the '*' in typedefs. Just try it. +# 0: Align on typdef type, ignore '*' +# 1: The '*' is part of type name: typedef int *pint; +# 2: The '*' is part of the type, but dangling: typedef int *pint; +align_typedef_star_style = 0 # number + +# Controls the positioning of the '&' in typedefs. Just try it. +# 0: Align on typdef type, ignore '&' +# 1: The '&' is part of type name: typedef int &pint; +# 2: The '&' is part of the type, but dangling: typedef int &pint; +align_typedef_amp_style = 0 # number + +# The span for aligning comments that end lines (0=don't align) +align_right_cmt_span = 0 # number + +# If aligning comments, mix with comments after '}' and #endif with less than 3 spaces before the comment +align_right_cmt_mix = false # false/true + +# If a trailing comment is more than this number of columns away from the text it follows, +# it will qualify for being aligned. +align_right_cmt_gap = 0 # number + +# The span for aligning function prototypes (0=don't align) +align_func_proto_span = 0 # number + +# Minimum gap between the return type and the function name. +align_func_proto_gap = 0 # number + +# Align function protos on the 'operator' keyword instead of what follows +align_on_operator = false # false/true + +# Whether to mix aligning prototype and variable declarations. +# If true, align_var_def_XXX options are used instead of align_func_proto_XXX options. +align_mix_var_proto = false # false/true + +# Align single-line functions with function prototypes, uses align_func_proto_span +align_single_line_func = false # false/true + +# Aligning the open brace of single-line functions. +# Requires align_single_line_func=true, uses align_func_proto_span +align_single_line_brace = false # false/true + +# Gap for align_single_line_brace. +align_single_line_brace_gap = 0 # number + +# The span for aligning ObjC msg spec (0=don't align) +align_oc_msg_spec_span = 0 # number + +# Whether to align macros wrapped with a backslash and a newline. +# This will not work right if the macro contains a multi-line comment. +align_nl_cont = false # false/true + +# The minimum space between label and value of a preprocessor define +align_pp_define_gap = 0 # number + +# The span for aligning on '#define' bodies (0=don't align) +align_pp_define_span = 0 # number + +# Align lines that start with '<<' with previous '<<'. Default=true +align_left_shift = true # false/true + +# +# Newline adding and removing options +# + +# Whether to collapse empty blocks between '{' and '}' +nl_collapse_empty_body = false # false/true + +# Don't split one-line braced assignments - 'foo_t f = { 1, 2 };' +nl_assign_leave_one_liners = false # false/true + +# Don't split one-line braced statements inside a class xx { } body +nl_class_leave_one_liners = false # false/true + +# Don't split one-line enums: 'enum foo { BAR = 15 };' +nl_enum_leave_one_liners = false # false/true + +# Don't split one-line get or set functions +nl_getset_leave_one_liners = false # false/true + +# Don't split one-line function definitions - 'int foo() { return 0; }' +nl_func_leave_one_liners = false # false/true + +# Don't split one-line if/else statements - 'if(a) b++;' +nl_if_leave_one_liners = false # false/true + +# Add or remove newlines at the start of the file +nl_start_of_file = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# The number of newlines at the start of the file (only used if nl_start_of_file is 'add' or 'force' +nl_start_of_file_min = 0 # number + +# Add or remove newline at the end of the file +nl_end_of_file = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# The number of newlines at the end of the file (only used if nl_end_of_file is 'add' or 'force') +nl_end_of_file_min = 0 # number + +# Add or remove newline between '=' and '{' +nl_assign_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between '=' and '[' (D only) +nl_assign_square = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline after '= [' (D only). Will also affect the newline before the ']' +nl_after_square_assign = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# The number of newlines after a block of variable definitions +nl_func_var_def_blk = 0 # number + +# Add or remove newline between a function call's ')' and '{', as in: +# list_for_each(item, &list) { } +nl_fcall_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'enum' and '{' +nl_enum_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'struct and '{' +nl_struct_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'union' and '{' +nl_union_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'if' and '{' +nl_if_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between '}' and 'else' +nl_brace_else = add # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'else if' and '{' +# If set to ignore, nl_if_brace is used instead +nl_elseif_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'else' and '{' +nl_else_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'else' and 'if' +nl_else_if = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between '}' and 'finally' +nl_brace_finally = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'finally' and '{' +nl_finally_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'try' and '{' +nl_try_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between get/set and '{' +nl_getset_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'for' and '{' +nl_for_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'catch' and '{' +nl_catch_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between '}' and 'catch' +nl_brace_catch = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'while' and '{' +nl_while_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'do' and '{' +nl_do_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between '}' and 'while' of 'do' statement +nl_brace_while = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'switch' and '{' +nl_switch_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add a newline between ')' and '{' if the ')' is on a different line than the if/for/etc. +# Overrides nl_for_brace, nl_if_brace, nl_switch_brace, nl_while_switch, and nl_catch_brace. +nl_multi_line_cond = false # false/true + +# Force a newline in a define after the macro name for multi-line defines. +nl_multi_line_define = false # false/true + +# Whether to put a newline before 'case' statement +nl_before_case = false # false/true + +# Add or remove newline between ')' and 'throw' +nl_before_throw = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Whether to put a newline after 'case' statement +nl_after_case = false # false/true + +# Newline between namespace and { +nl_namespace_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'template<>' and whatever follows. +nl_template_class = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between 'class' and '{' +nl_class_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline after each ',' in the constructor member initialization +nl_class_init_args = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between return type and function name in definition +nl_func_type_name = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between function scope and name in a definition +# Controls the newline after '::' in 'void A::f() { }' +nl_func_scope_name = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between return type and function name in a prototype +nl_func_proto_type_name = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between a function name and the opening '(' +nl_func_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline after '(' in a function declaration +nl_func_decl_start = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline after each ',' in a function declaration +nl_func_decl_args = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline before the ')' in a function declaration +nl_func_decl_end = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline between function signature and '{' +nl_fdef_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Whether to put a newline after 'return' statement +nl_after_return = false # false/true + +# Add or remove a newline between the return keyword and return expression. +nl_return_expr = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Whether to put a newline after semicolons, except in 'for' statements +nl_after_semicolon = false # false/true + +# Whether to put a newline after brace open. +# This also adds a newline before the matching brace close. +nl_after_brace_open = false # false/true + +# If nl_after_brace_open and nl_after_brace_open_cmt are true, a newline is +# placed between the open brace and a trailing single-line comment. +nl_after_brace_open_cmt = false # false/true + +# Whether to put a newline after a virtual brace open. +# These occur in un-braced if/while/do/for statement bodies. +nl_after_vbrace_open = false # false/true + +# Whether to put a newline after a brace close. +# Does not apply if followed by a necessary ';'. +nl_after_brace_close = false # false/true + +# Whether to alter newlines in '#define' macros +nl_define_macro = false # false/true + +# Whether to not put blanks after '#ifxx', '#elxx', or before '#endif' +nl_squeeze_ifdef = true # false/true + +# Add or remove newline before 'if' +nl_before_if = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline after 'if' +nl_after_if = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline before 'for' +nl_before_for = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline after 'for' +nl_after_for = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline before 'while' +nl_before_while = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline after 'while' +nl_after_while = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline before 'switch' +nl_before_switch = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline after 'switch' +nl_after_switch = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline before 'do' +nl_before_do = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove newline after 'do' +nl_after_do = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Whether to double-space commented-entries in struct/enum +nl_ds_struct_enum_cmt = false # false/true + +# Whether to double-space before the close brace of a struct/union/enum +nl_ds_struct_enum_close_brace = false # false/true + +# Add or remove a newline around a class colon. +# Related to pos_class_colon, nl_class_init_args, and pos_comma. +nl_class_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Change simple unbraced if statements into a one-liner +# 'if(b)\n i++;' => 'if(b) i++;' +nl_create_if_one_liner = false # false/true + +# Change simple unbraced for statements into a one-liner +# 'for (i=0;i<5;i++)\n foo(i);' => 'for (i=0;i<5;i++) foo(i);' +nl_create_for_one_liner = false # false/true + +# Change simple unbraced while statements into a one-liner +# 'while (i<5)\n foo(i++);' => 'while (i<5) foo(i++);' +nl_create_while_one_liner = false # false/true + +# +# Positioning options +# + +# The position of arithmetic operators in wrapped expressions +pos_arith = ignore # ignore/lead/trail + +# The position of assignment in wrapped expressions +pos_assign = ignore # ignore/lead/trail + +# The position of boolean operators in wrapped expressions +pos_bool = ignore # ignore/lead/trail + +# The position of the comma in wrapped expressions +pos_comma = ignore # ignore/lead/trail + +# The position of the comma in the constructor initialization list +pos_class_comma = ignore # ignore/lead/trail + +# The position of colons between constructor and member initialization +pos_class_colon = ignore # ignore/lead/trail + +# +# Line Splitting options +# + +# Try to limit code width to N number of columns +code_width = 0 # number + +# Whether to fully split long 'for' statements at semi-colons +ls_for_split_full = false # false/true + +# Whether to fully split long function protos/calls at commas +ls_func_split_full = false # false/true + +# +# Blank line options +# + +# The maximum consecutive newlines +nl_max = 0 # number + +# The number of newlines after a function prototype, if followed by another function prototype +nl_after_func_proto = 0 # number + +# The number of newlines after a function prototype, if not followed by another function prototype +nl_after_func_proto_group = 0 # number + +# The number of newlines after '}' of a multi-line function body +nl_after_func_body = 0 # number + +# The number of newlines after '}' of a single line function body +nl_after_func_body_one_liner = 0 # number + +# The minimum number of newlines before a multi-line comment. +# Doesn't apply if after a brace open or another multi-line comment. +nl_before_block_comment = 0 # number + +# The minimum number of newlines before a single-line C comment. +# Doesn't apply if after a brace open or other single-line C comments. +nl_before_c_comment = 0 # number + +# The minimum number of newlines before a CPP comment. +# Doesn't apply if after a brace open or other CPP comments. +nl_before_cpp_comment = 0 # number + +# Whether to force a newline after a mulit-line comment. +nl_after_multiline_comment = false # false/true + +# The number of newlines before a 'private:', 'public:', 'protected:', 'signals:', or 'slots:' label. +# Will not change the newline count if after a brace open. +# 0 = No change. +nl_before_access_spec = 0 # number + +# The number of newlines after a 'private:', 'public:', 'protected:', 'signals:', or 'slots:' label. +# 0 = No change. +nl_after_access_spec = 0 # number + +# The number of newlines between a function def and the function comment. +# 0 = No change. +nl_comment_func_def = 0 # number + +# The number of newlines after a try-catch-finally block that isn't followed by a brace close. +# 0 = No change. +nl_after_try_catch_finally = 0 # number + +# The number of newlines before and after a property, indexer or event decl. +# 0 = No change. +nl_around_cs_property = 0 # number + +# The number of newlines between the get/set/add/remove handlers in C#. +# 0 = No change. +nl_between_get_set = 0 # number + +# Whether to remove blank lines after '{' +eat_blanks_after_open_brace = true # false/true + +# Whether to remove blank lines before '}' +eat_blanks_before_close_brace = true # false/true + +# +# Code modifying options (non-whitespace) +# + +# Add or remove braces on single-line 'do' statement +mod_full_brace_do = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove braces on single-line 'for' statement +mod_full_brace_for = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove braces on single-line function defintions. (Pawn) +mod_full_brace_function = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove braces on single-line 'if' statement. Will not remove the braces if they contain an 'else'. +mod_full_brace_if = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Don't remove braces around statements that span N newlines +mod_full_brace_nl = 0 # number + +# Add or remove braces on single-line 'while' statement +mod_full_brace_while = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Add or remove unnecessary paren on 'return' statement +mod_paren_on_return = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Whether to change optional semicolons to real semicolons +mod_pawn_semicolon = false # false/true + +# Add parens on 'while' and 'if' statement around bools +mod_full_paren_if_bool = false # false/true + +# Whether to remove superfluous semicolons +mod_remove_extra_semicolon = false # false/true + +# If a function body exceeds the specified number of newlines and doesn't have a comment after +# the close brace, a comment will be added. +mod_add_long_function_closebrace_comment = 0 # number + +# If a switch body exceeds the specified number of newlines and doesn't have a comment after +# the close brace, a comment will be added. +mod_add_long_switch_closebrace_comment = 0 # number + +# If TRUE, will sort consecutive single-line 'import' statements [Java, D] +mod_sort_import = false # false/true + +# If TRUE, will sort consecutive single-line 'using' statements [C#] +mod_sort_using = false # false/true + +# If TRUE, will sort consecutive single-line '#include' statements [C/C++] and '#import' statements [Obj-C] +# This is generally a bad idea, as it may break your code. +mod_sort_include = false # false/true + +# If TRUE, it will move a 'break' that appears after a fully braced 'case' before the close brace. +mod_move_case_break = false # false/true + +# If TRUE, it will remove a void 'return;' that appears as the last statement in a function. +mod_remove_empty_return = false # false/true + +# +# Comment modifications +# + +# Try to wrap comments at cmt_width columns +cmt_width = 0 # number + +# If false, disable all multi-line comment changes, including cmt_width and leading chars. +# Default is true. +cmt_indent_multi = true # false/true + +# Whether to group c-comments that look like they are in a block +cmt_c_group = false # false/true + +# Whether to put an empty '/*' on the first line of the combined c-comment +cmt_c_nl_start = false # false/true + +# Whether to put a newline before the closing '*/' of the combined c-comment +cmt_c_nl_end = false # false/true + +# Whether to group cpp-comments that look like they are in a block +cmt_cpp_group = false # false/true + +# Whether to put an empty '/*' on the first line of the combined cpp-comment +cmt_cpp_nl_start = false # false/true + +# Whether to put a newline before the closing '*/' of the combined cpp-comment +cmt_cpp_nl_end = false # false/true + +# Whether to change cpp-comments into c-comments +cmt_cpp_to_c = false # false/true + +# Whether to put a star on subsequent comment lines +cmt_star_cont = false # false/true + +# The number of spaces to insert at the start of subsequent comment lines +cmt_sp_before_star_cont = 0 # number + +# The number of spaces to insert after the star on subsequent comment lines +cmt_sp_after_star_cont = 0 # number + +# For multi-line comments with a '*' lead, remove leading spaces if the first and last lines of +# the comment are the same length. Default=True +cmt_multi_check_last = true # false/true + +# The filename that contains text to insert at the head of a file if the file doesn't start with a C/C++ comment. +# Will substitue $(filename) with the current file's name. +cmt_insert_file_header = "" # string + +# The filename that contains text to insert at the end of a file if the file doesn't end with a C/C++ comment. +# Will substitue $(filename) with the current file's name. +cmt_insert_file_footer = "" # string + +# The filename that contains text to insert before a function implementation if the function isn't preceeded with a C/C++ comment. +# Will substitue $(function) with the function name and $(javaparam) with the javadoc @param and @return stuff. +# Will also substitute $(fclass) with the class name: void CFoo::Bar() { ... } +cmt_insert_func_header = "" # string + +# The filename that contains text to insert before a class if the class isn't preceeded with a C/C++ comment. +# Will substitue $(class) with the class name. +cmt_insert_class_header = "" # string + +# If a preprocessor is encountered when stepping backwards from a function name, then +# this option decides whether the comment should be inserted. +# Affects cmt_insert_func_header and cmt_insert_class_header. +cmt_insert_before_preproc = false # false/true + +# +# Preprocessor options +# + +# Control indent of preprocessors inside #if blocks at brace level 0 +pp_indent = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Whether to indent #if/#else/#endif at the brace level (true) or from column 1 (false) +pp_indent_at_level = false # false/true + +# If pp_indent_at_level=false, specifies the number of columns to indent per level. Default=1. +pp_indent_count = 1 # number + +# Add or remove space after # based on pp_level of #if blocks +pp_space = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force + +# Sets the number of spaces added with pp_space +pp_space_count = 0 # number + +# The indent for #region and #endregion in C# and '#pragma region' in C/C++ +pp_indent_region = 0 # number + +# Whether to indent the code between #region and #endregion +pp_region_indent_code = false # false/true + +# If pp_indent_at_level=true, sets the indent for #if, #else, and #endif when not at file-level +pp_indent_if = 0 # number + +# Control whether to indent the code between #if, #else and #endif when not at file-level +pp_if_indent_code = false # false/true + +# Whether to indent '#define' at the brace level (true) or from column 1 (false) +pp_define_at_level = false # false/true + +# You can force a token to be a type with the 'type' option. +# Example: +# type myfoo1 myfoo2 +# +# You can create custom macro-based indentation using macro-open, +# macro-else and macro-close. +# Example: +# macro-open BEGIN_TEMPLATE_MESSAGE_MAP +# macro-open BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP +# macro-close END_MESSAGE_MAP +# +# You can assign any keyword to any type with the set option. +# set func_call_user _ N_